/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
** version 3.6.17.  By combining all the individual C code files into this 
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a one translation
** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
** of 5% are more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
** translation unit.
**
** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
................................................................................
** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within
** the text of this file.  Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start
** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed
** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming
** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a
** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library.
**
** This amalgamation was generated on 2009-08-10 12:55:17 UTC.
*/
#define SQLITE_CORE 1
#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1
#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE
# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_API
................................................................................
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
**
** @(#) $Id: sqliteInt.h,v 1.898 2009/08/10 03:57:58 shane Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
#define _SQLITEINT_H_




























/*
** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the
** autoconf-based build
*/
#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
................................................................................
** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
** operator.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
#endif












/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/

/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */
#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */
#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */
................................................................................
*/
#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
#include <inttypes.h>
#endif



/*
** This macro is used to "hide" some ugliness in casting an int
** value to a ptr value under the MSVC 64-bit compiler.   Casting
** non 64-bit values to ptr types results in a "hard" error with 
** the MSVC 64-bit compiler which this attempts to avoid.  
**
................................................................................
#   define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(X))
# endif
#else
# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)   ((void*)&((char*)0)[X])
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)   ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0))
#endif

/*
** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the
** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
**
** Ticket #2739:  The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any
** system #includes.  Hence, this block of code must be the very first
** code in all source files.
**
** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work
** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0).  If you compile on Red Hat 7.2
** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
** portability you should omit LFS.
**
** Similar is true for Mac OS X.  LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
# define _LARGE_FILE       1
# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
# endif
# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#endif


/*
** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as either 0 or 1.
** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro.
** We support that for legacy
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
................................................................................
** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
**
** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
** to experimental interfaces but reserve to make minor changes if
** experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
**
** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate.
**
** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
** part of the build process.
**
** @(#) $Id: sqlite.h.in,v 1.462 2009/08/06 17:40:46 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
#define _SQLITE3_H_
#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */

/*
** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
................................................................................

/*
** Add the ability to override 'extern'
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN
# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
#endif






/*
** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those
** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental.  New applications
** should not use deprecated intrfaces - they are support for backwards
** compatibility only.  Application writers should be aware that
** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases.
**
** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that
** would generate warning messages when they were used.  But that
** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports
** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple
................................................................................
/*
** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers {H10010} <S60100>
**
** The SQLITE_VERSION and SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER #defines in
** the sqlite3.h file specify the version of SQLite with which
** that header file is associated.
**
** The "version" of SQLite is a string of the form "X.Y.Z".
** The phrase "alpha" or "beta" might be appended after the Z.
** The X value is major version number always 3 in SQLite3.
** The X value only changes when backwards compatibility is
** broken and we intend to never break backwards compatibility.
** The Y value is the minor version number and only changes when
** there are major feature enhancements that are forwards compatible
** but not backwards compatible.
** The Z value is the release number and is incremented with
** each release but resets back to 0 whenever Y is incremented.

**















** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()] and [sqlite3_libversion_number()].


**
** Requirements: [H10011] [H10014]
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION         "3.6.17"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER  3006017


/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers {H10020} <S60100>
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version
**
** These features provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION]
** and [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] #defines in the header, but are associated
** with the library instead of the header file.  Cautious programmers might
** include a check in their application to verify that
** sqlite3_libversion_number() always returns the value




** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].



**
** The sqlite3_libversion() function returns the same information as is
** in the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The function is provided
** for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have direct access to string
** constants within the DLL.




**
** Requirements: [H10021] [H10022] [H10023]
*/
SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);

SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe {H10100} <S60100>
**
** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro 1 or 2, mutexes
** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
**
** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
** The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
**
** This interface can be used by a program to make sure that the
** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
**
** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 then mutexes are enabled by default but
** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */



/*
** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics {H10240} <H11120>
**
** The xDeviceCapabilities method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these
** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010

/*
** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle {H11110} <S20110>
**
** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the OS

** interface layer.  Individual OS interface implementations will
** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
** I/O operations on the open file.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file;
struct sqlite3_file {
................................................................................
**
** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for unix, windows, or os/2.

** When built for other platforms (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time
** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon
** failure.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void);
................................................................................
**
** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
** and low-level memory allocation routines.
**
** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is

** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  By creating an instance of this object
** and passing it to [sqlite3_config()] during configuration, an
** application can specify an alternative memory allocation subsystem

** for SQLite to use for all of its dynamic memory needs.
**
** Note that SQLite comes with a built-in memory allocator that is
** perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
** conditions.
**
** The xMalloc, xFree, and xRealloc methods must work like the
** malloc(), free(), and realloc() functions from the standard library.








**
** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
**
** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.



**
** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  (For example,
** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
** xInit and xShutdown.














*/
typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
................................................................................
** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.
** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
** profiling or testing, for example.</dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
** <dd>This option takes two arguments that determine the default
** memory allcation lookaside optimization.  The first argument is the
** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
** slots allocated to each database connection.</dd>



**
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE</dt>
** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to
** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object.  This object specifies the interface
** to a custom page cache implementation.  SQLite makes a copy of the
** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.</dd>
**
................................................................................
** is invoked.
**
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
** <dd>This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
** The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
** pointer to an 8-byte aligned memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
** The first argument may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the
** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()].  The second argument is the
** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the third argument is the number of
** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.</dd>



**
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE    1001  /* void* int int */


/*
................................................................................
  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions {H17400} <S70000><S20000>
**
** These routines are workalikes of the "printf()" family of functions
** from the standard C library.
**
** The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
** The strings returned by these two routines should be
** released by [sqlite3_free()].  Both routines return a
** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
................................................................................
**
** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
** When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
** statement might be reprepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
**
** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
................................................................................
** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
**
** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
** over the new database connection.  The flags parameter can take one of
** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] or [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flags:

**
** <dl>
** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>
**
** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
................................................................................
** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is creates it if
** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>
** </dl>
**
** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
** combinations shown above or one of the combinations shown above combined
** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] or [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flags,

** then the behavior is undefined.
**
** If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  If the
** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.





**
** If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
** is created for the connection.  This in-memory database will vanish when
** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
................................................................................
** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
** [GLOB] operators.</dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
** <dd>The maximum number of variables in an SQL statement that can
** be bound.</dd>



** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                1
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    2
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                3
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           4
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   5
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              6
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9


/*
** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement {H13010} <S10000>
** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
**
** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
** program using one of these routines.
................................................................................

/*
** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements {H13500} <S70300>
** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
**
** In the SQL strings input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] in one of these forms:

**
** <ul>
** <li>  ?
** <li>  ?NNN
** <li>  :VVV
** <li>  @VVV
** <li>  $VVV
** </ul>
**
** In the parameter forms shown above NNN is an integer literal,
** and VVV is an alpha-numeric parameter name. The values of these
** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
**
** The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
**
................................................................................
** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is
** undefined.
**
** The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
** its parameters.  Any SQL function implementation should be able to work
** work with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be.  But some implementations may be
** more efficient with one encoding than another.  It is allowed to
** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple
** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep.
** When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text
** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY].
**
................................................................................
** parameters. An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
** and xFinal and NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an existing
** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function callbacks.
**
** It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  SQLite will use
** the implementation most closely matches the way in which the
** SQL function is used.  A function implementation with a non-negative
** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
** a negative nArg.  A function where the preferred text encoding
** matches the database encoding is a better
** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
** A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
................................................................................
** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
** function result.
** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
** finished using that result.
** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or
** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not

** copy the it or call a destructor when it has finished using that result.
** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
**
** The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
** the application-defined function to be a copy the
................................................................................
** a expired BLOB handle fail with an return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
** Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
** rollback by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
** commit if the transaction continues to completion.
**
** Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
** the opened blob.  The size of a blob may not be changed by this
** underface.  Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
** blob.
**
** The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired,
** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using
** this interface.
**
................................................................................
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
** not want to.  {H17016} But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
** cases where it really needs one.  {END} If a faster non-recursive mutex
** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
**
** {H17017} The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. {END}  Four static mutexes are
** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
** {H17018} Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
................................................................................
** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
** it is passed a NULL pointer).















*/
typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
................................................................................
** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.
** Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.
**
** This routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero
** [error code] on failure.
**
** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic.  This routine can
** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite
** interfaces.  However the values returned in *pCurrent and
** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time
** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter
** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections {H17520} <H17500>
** EXPERIMENTAL
**





** Status verbs for [sqlite3_db_status()].


**
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
** checked out.</dd>
** </dl>
*/
................................................................................
**
** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods] for additional information.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.

** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE], ...) interface can
** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an 
** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure. The majority of the 
** heap memory used by sqlite is used by the page cache to cache data read 
** from, or ready to be written to, the database file. By implementing a 
** custom page cache using this API, an application can control more 
** precisely the amount of memory consumed by sqlite, the way in which 
** said memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to 
** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for 
** how long.
**
** The contents of the structure are copied to an internal buffer by sqlite
** within the call to [sqlite3_config].


**
** The xInit() method is called once for each call to [sqlite3_initialize()]
** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). It is passed
** a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods.pArg value. It can be used to set
** up global structures and mutexes required by the custom page cache 


** implementation. The xShutdown() method is called from within 
** [sqlite3_shutdown()], if the application invokes this API. It can be used
** to clean up any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
**









** The xCreate() method is used to construct a new cache instance. The


** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
** be allocated by the cache. szPage will not be a power of two. The






** second argument, bPurgeable, is true if the cache being created will
** be used to cache database pages read from a file stored on disk, or
** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
** does not have to do anything special based on the value of bPurgeable,
** it is purely advisory. 



**
** The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command. As with the bPurgeable parameter,
** the implementation is not required to do anything special with this
** value, it is advisory only.
**
** The xPagecount() method should return the number of pages currently
** stored in the cache supplied as an argument.
** 
** The xFetch() method is used to fetch a page and return a pointer to it. 
** A 'page', in this context, is a buffer of szPage bytes aligned at an
** 8-byte boundary. The page to be fetched is determined by the key. The
** mimimum key value is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page 
** is considered to be pinned.
**
** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then a pointer to
** the cached buffer should be returned with its contents intact. If the
** page is not already in the cache, then the expected behaviour of the
** cache is determined by the value of the createFlag parameter passed
** to xFetch, according to the following table:
**
** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
**   <tr><th>createFlag<th>Expected Behaviour
**   <tr><td>0<td>NULL should be returned. No new cache entry is created.
**   <tr><td>1<td>If createFlag is set to 1, this indicates that 
**                SQLite is holding pinned pages that can be unpinned
**                by writing their contents to the database file (a
**                relatively expensive operation). In this situation the
**                cache implementation has two choices: it can return NULL,
**                in which case SQLite will attempt to unpin one or more 
**                pages before re-requesting the same page, or it can
**                allocate a new page and return a pointer to it. If a new
**                page is allocated, then the first sizeof(void*) bytes of
**                it (at least) must be zeroed before it is returned.
**   <tr><td>2<td>If createFlag is set to 2, then SQLite is not holding any
**                pinned pages associated with the specific cache passed
**                as the first argument to xFetch() that can be unpinned. The
**                cache implementation should attempt to allocate a new
**                cache entry and return a pointer to it. Again, the first
**                sizeof(void*) bytes of the page should be zeroed before 
**                it is returned. If the xFetch() method returns NULL when 
**                createFlag==2, SQLite assumes that a memory allocation 
**                failed and returns SQLITE_NOMEM to the user.
** </table>







**
** xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
** then the page should be evicted from the cache. In this case SQLite 
** assumes that the next time the page is retrieved from the cache using
** the xFetch() method, it will be zeroed. If the discard parameter is
** zero, then the page is considered to be unpinned. The cache implementation
** may choose to reclaim (free or recycle) unpinned pages at any time.
** SQLite assumes that next time the page is retrieved from the cache
** it will either be zeroed, or contain the same data that it did when it
** was unpinned.
**
** The cache is not required to perform any reference counting. A single 
** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls 
** to xFetch().
**
** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
** page passed as the second argument from oldKey to newKey. If the cache
................................................................................
# undef double
#endif

#if 0
}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif
#endif


/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 22
................................................................................
** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
** substitute integer for floating-point
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# define double sqlite_int64
# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64
# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
#   define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<60)
# endif
# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1
# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1
# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
................................................................................
** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format
** that the library can read.
*/
#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 1
#endif





/*
** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
** on the command-line
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1
................................................................................
typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan;
typedef struct FKey FKey;
typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash;
typedef struct IdList IdList;
typedef struct Index Index;

typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside;
typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot;
typedef struct Module Module;
typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
typedef struct Parse Parse;
................................................................................
typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint;
typedef struct Select Select;
typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum;
typedef struct Table Table;
typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
typedef struct Token Token;
typedef struct TriggerStack TriggerStack;
typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
typedef struct VTable VTable;
typedef struct Walker Walker;
typedef struct WherePlan WherePlan;
typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
................................................................................

/*
** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required
** for the VdbeOp definition.
*/
typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc;
typedef struct Mem Mem;


/*
** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
** and as many as three operands.  The instruction is recorded
** as an instance of the following structure:
*/
struct VdbeOp {
................................................................................
  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
  signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */
  u8 opflags;         /* Not currently used */
  u8 p5;              /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */
  int p1;             /* First operand */
  int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
  int p3;             /* The third parameter */
  union {             /* forth parameter */
    int i;                 /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */
    void *p;               /* Generic pointer */
    char *z;               /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */
    i64 *pI64;             /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */
    double *pReal;         /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */
    FuncDef *pFunc;        /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */
    VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;   /* Used when p4type is P4_VDBEFUNC */
    CollSeq *pColl;        /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */
    Mem *pMem;             /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
    VTable *pVtab;         /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;     /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
    int *ai;               /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */

  } p4;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  char *zComment;          /* Comment to improve readability */
#endif
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  int cnt;                 /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
  u64 cycles;              /* Total time spent executing this instruction */
#endif
};
typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;














/*
** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
** it takes up less space.
*/
struct VdbeOpList {
  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
  signed char p1;     /* First operand */
  signed char p2;     /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
  signed char p3;     /* Third parameter */
};
typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;

/*
** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p3type
*/
#define P4_NOTUSED    0   /* The P4 parameter is not used */
#define P4_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
#define P4_STATIC   (-2)  /* Pointer to a static string */
#define P4_COLLSEQ  (-4)  /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
#define P4_FUNCDEF  (-5)  /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
#define P4_KEYINFO  (-6)  /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
................................................................................
#define P4_TRANSIENT (-9) /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */
#define P4_VTAB     (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
#define P4_MPRINTF  (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */
#define P4_REAL     (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
#define P4_INT64    (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
#define P4_INT32    (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */


/* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure
** is made.  That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized.  But if the
** argument is P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used.  It still
** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained
** from a single sqliteMalloc().  But no copy is made and the calling
** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo.
................................................................................
#define OP_Copy                                20
#define OP_Trace                               21
#define OP_Function                            22
#define OP_IfNeg                               23
#define OP_And                                 67   /* same as TK_AND      */
#define OP_Subtract                            85   /* same as TK_MINUS    */
#define OP_Noop                                24

#define OP_Return                              25
#define OP_Remainder                           88   /* same as TK_REM      */
#define OP_NewRowid                            26
#define OP_Multiply                            86   /* same as TK_STAR     */
#define OP_Variable                            27
#define OP_String                              28
#define OP_RealAffinity                        29
#define OP_VRename                             30
#define OP_ParseSchema                         31
#define OP_VOpen                               32
#define OP_Close                               33
#define OP_CreateIndex                         34
#define OP_IsUnique                            35
#define OP_NotFound                            36
#define OP_Int64                               37
#define OP_MustBeInt                           38
#define OP_Halt                                39
#define OP_Rowid                               40
#define OP_IdxLT                               41
#define OP_AddImm                              42
#define OP_Statement                           43
#define OP_RowData                             44
#define OP_MemMax                              45
#define OP_Or                                  66   /* same as TK_OR       */
#define OP_NotExists                           46
#define OP_Gosub                               47
#define OP_Divide                              87   /* same as TK_SLASH    */
#define OP_Integer                             48
................................................................................
#define OP_Last                                54
#define OP_SeekLe                              55
#define OP_IsNull                              71   /* same as TK_ISNULL   */
#define OP_IncrVacuum                          56
#define OP_IdxRowid                            57
#define OP_ShiftRight                          83   /* same as TK_RSHIFT   */
#define OP_ResetCount                          58
#define OP_ContextPush                         59
#define OP_Yield                               60
#define OP_DropTrigger                         61
#define OP_DropIndex                           62

#define OP_IdxGE                               63
#define OP_IdxDelete                           64
#define OP_Vacuum                              65
#define OP_IfNot                               68
#define OP_DropTable                           69
#define OP_SeekLt                              70
#define OP_MakeRecord                          79
................................................................................
#define OP_Clear                               98
#define OP_Le                                  76   /* same as TK_LE       */
#define OP_VerifyCookie                        99
#define OP_AggStep                            100
#define OP_ToText                             139   /* same as TK_TO_TEXT  */
#define OP_Not                                 19   /* same as TK_NOT      */
#define OP_ToReal                             143   /* same as TK_TO_REAL  */
#define OP_SetNumColumns                      101
#define OP_Transaction                        102
#define OP_VFilter                            103
#define OP_Ne                                  73   /* same as TK_NE       */
#define OP_VDestroy                           104
#define OP_ContextPop                         105
#define OP_BitOr                               81   /* same as TK_BITOR    */
#define OP_Next                               106
#define OP_Count                              107
#define OP_IdxInsert                          108
#define OP_Lt                                  77   /* same as TK_LT       */
#define OP_SeekGe                             109
#define OP_Insert                             110
#define OP_Destroy                            111
#define OP_ReadCookie                         112
#define OP_RowSetTest                         113
#define OP_LoadAnalysis                       114
#define OP_Explain                            115
#define OP_HaltIfNull                         116
#define OP_OpenPseudo                         117
#define OP_OpenEphemeral                      118
#define OP_Null                               119
#define OP_Move                               120
#define OP_Blob                               121
#define OP_Add                                 84   /* same as TK_PLUS     */
#define OP_Rewind                             122
#define OP_SeekGt                             123
#define OP_VBegin                             124
#define OP_VUpdate                            125
#define OP_IfZero                             126
#define OP_BitNot                              93   /* same as TK_BITNOT   */
#define OP_VCreate                            127
#define OP_Found                              128
#define OP_IfPos                              129
#define OP_NullRow                            131
#define OP_Jump                               132
#define OP_Permutation                        133

/* The following opcode values are never used */


#define OP_NotUsed_134                        134
#define OP_NotUsed_135                        135
#define OP_NotUsed_136                        136
#define OP_NotUsed_137                        137
#define OP_NotUsed_138                        138


................................................................................
#define OPFLG_IN2             0x0008  /* in2:   P2 is an input */
#define OPFLG_IN3             0x0010  /* in3:   P3 is an input */
#define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0020  /* out3:  P3 is an output */
#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x08, 0x02, 0x00,\
/*   8 */ 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  16 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05,\
/*  24 */ 0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x05, 0x00,\
/*  40 */ 0x02, 0x11, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x11, 0x01,\
/*  48 */ 0x02, 0x01, 0x21, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x11,\
/*  56 */ 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11,\
/*  64 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x05, 0x00, 0x11, 0x05,\
/*  72 */ 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x00,\
/*  80 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c,\
/*  88 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x00,\
/*  96 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,\
/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x08, 0x11, 0x00, 0x02,\
/* 112 */ 0x02, 0x15, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00,\
/* 128 */ 0x11, 0x05, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\
}

/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/

/*
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr, int N);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG

SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);



#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(int);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,char*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
................................................................................
**
*/
#define PENDING_BYTE      sqlite3PendingByte
#define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
#define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
#define SHARED_SIZE       510






/* 
** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods 
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size);
................................................................................
#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
#define DB_Empty           0x0004  /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */

/*
** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited
** using the sqlite3_limit() interface.
*/
#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER+1)

/*
** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used
** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects
** associated with a particular database connection.  The use of
** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement
** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x00004000 /* For shared-cache mode */
#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00008000  /* Create new databases in format 1 */
#define SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00010000  /* Use full fsync on the backend */
#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00020000  /* Enable load_extension */

#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode   0x00040000  /* Ignore schema errors */
#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder   0x00100000  /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */


/*
** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
** than being distinct from one another.
*/
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN     0xa029a697  /* Database is open */
................................................................................
  u8 onError;      /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
  u8 autoIndex;    /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */
  char *zColAff;   /* String defining the affinity of each column */
  Index *pNext;    /* The next index associated with the same table */
  Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */
  u8 *aSortOrder;  /* Array of size Index.nColumn. True==DESC, False==ASC */
  char **azColl;   /* Array of collation sequence names for index */














};

/*
** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
**
** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
................................................................................

  /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
  *********************************************************************/

  int iTable;            /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column
                         ** TK_REGISTER: register number */

  i16 iColumn;           /* TK_COLUMN: column index.  -1 for rowid */
  i16 iAgg;              /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
  i16 iRightJoinTable;   /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
  u16 flags2;            /* Second set of flags.  EP2_... */

  AggInfo *pAggInfo;     /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */
  Table *pTab;           /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */
#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
  int nHeight;           /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
#endif
};

................................................................................
/*
** Size of the column cache
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE
# define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10
#endif


























/*
** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
**
** The structure is divided into two parts.  When the parser and code
** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
................................................................................
    u8 tempReg;           /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */
    int iLevel;           /* Nesting level */
    int iReg;             /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */
    int lru;              /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */
  } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE];  /* One for each column cache entry */
  u32 writeMask;       /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
  u32 cookieMask;      /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */


  int cookieGoto;      /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */
  int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
#endif
  int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
  int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
  AutoincInfo *pAinc;  /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */









  /* Above is constant between recursions.  Below is reset before and after
  ** each recursion */

  int nVar;            /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
  int nVarExpr;        /* Number of used slots in apVarExpr[] */
  int nVarExprAlloc;   /* Number of allocated slots in apVarExpr[] */
................................................................................
  int *aAlias;         /* Register used to hold aliased result */
  u8 explain;          /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
  Token sNameToken;    /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
  Token sLastToken;    /* The last token parsed */
  const char *zTail;   /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
  Table *pNewTable;    /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
  Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
  TriggerStack *trigStack;  /* Trigger actions being coded */
  const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  Token sArg;                /* Complete text of a module argument */
  u8 declareVtab;            /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
  int nVtabLock;             /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
  Table **apVtabLock;        /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
#endif
  int nHeight;            /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
  Table *pZombieTab;      /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */

};

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
#else
  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab)
#endif
................................................................................
  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
};

/*
** Bitfield flags for P5 value in OP_Insert and OP_Delete
*/
#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE    1    /* Set to update db->nChange */
#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID  2    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE   4    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
#define OPFLAG_APPEND     8    /* This is likely to be an append */
#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 16    /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */


/*
 * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
 * struct Trigger. 
 *
 * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
 * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
................................................................................
 *    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
 *    struct Table.
 *
 * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
 * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
 */
struct Trigger {
  char *name;             /* The name of the trigger                        */
  char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
  u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
  u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */
  IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
                             the <column-list> is stored here */
  Schema *pSchema;        /* Schema containing the trigger */
................................................................................
  Expr *pWhere;        /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */
  ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE.  VALUES clause for INSERT */
  IdList *pIdList;     /* Column names for INSERT */
  TriggerStep *pNext;  /* Next in the link-list */
  TriggerStep *pLast;  /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
};

/*
 * An instance of struct TriggerStack stores information required during code
 * generation of a single trigger program. While the trigger program is being
 * coded, its associated TriggerStack instance is pointed to by the
 * "pTriggerStack" member of the Parse structure.
 *
 * The pTab member points to the table that triggers are being coded on. The 
 * newIdx member contains the index of the vdbe cursor that points at the temp
 * table that stores the new.* references. If new.* references are not valid
 * for the trigger being coded (for example an ON DELETE trigger), then newIdx
 * is set to -1. The oldIdx member is analogous to newIdx, for old.* references.
 *
 * The ON CONFLICT policy to be used for the trigger program steps is stored 
 * as the orconf member. If this is OE_Default, then the ON CONFLICT clause 
 * specified for individual triggers steps is used.
 *
 * struct TriggerStack has a "pNext" member, to allow linked lists to be
 * constructed. When coding nested triggers (triggers fired by other triggers)
 * each nested trigger stores its parent trigger's TriggerStack as the "pNext" 
 * pointer. Once the nested trigger has been coded, the pNext value is restored
 * to the pTriggerStack member of the Parse stucture and coding of the parent
 * trigger continues.
 *
 * Before a nested trigger is coded, the linked list pointed to by the 
 * pTriggerStack is scanned to ensure that the trigger is not about to be coded
 * recursively. If this condition is detected, the nested trigger is not coded.
 */
struct TriggerStack {
  Table *pTab;         /* Table that triggers are currently being coded on */
  int newIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "new" temp table */
  int oldIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "old" temp table */
  u32 newColMask;
  u32 oldColMask;
  int orconf;          /* Current orconf policy */
  int ignoreJump;      /* where to jump to for a RAISE(IGNORE) */
  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* The trigger currently being coded */
  TriggerStack *pNext; /* Next trigger down on the trigger stack */
};

/*
** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
** explicit.  
*/
typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
struct DbFixer {
................................................................................
  int nPage;                        /* Number of pages in pPage[] */
  int mxParserStack;                /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
  int sharedCacheEnabled;           /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */
  /* The above might be initialized to non-zero.  The following need to always
  ** initially be zero, however. */
  int isInit;                       /* True after initialization has finished */
  int inProgress;                   /* True while initialization in progress */

  int isMallocInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */

  sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex;        /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
  int nRefInitMutex;                /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
};

/*
** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
*/
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,int,
                                     int*,int,int,int,int,int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int, int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);


SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,int);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
                           Expr*,int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *,
                            int, int, int, int, u32*, u32*);
  void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*,
                                        ExprList*,Select*,u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);


#else
# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0
# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L) 0
# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0


#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*);
................................................................................
*/
#define getVarint32(A,B)  (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80) ? ((B) = (u32)*(A)),1 : sqlite3GetVarint32((A), (u32 *)&(B)))
#define putVarint32(A,B)  (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80) ? (*(A) = (unsigned char)(B)),1 : sqlite3PutVarint32((A), (B)))
#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint


SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, 
                        void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int);



SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[];
SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(sqlite3*, CollSeq *, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *);
................................................................................
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants.
**
** $Id: global.c,v 1.12 2009/02/05 16:31:46 drh Exp $
*/


/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
** lower-case character. 
**
** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters.  We do not
................................................................................
   0,                         /* szScratch */
   0,                         /* nScratch */
   (void*)0,                  /* pPage */
   0,                         /* szPage */
   0,                         /* nPage */
   0,                         /* mxParserStack */
   0,                         /* sharedCacheEnabled */
   /* All the rest need to always be zero */
   0,                         /* isInit */
   0,                         /* inProgress */

   0,                         /* isMallocInit */

   0,                         /* pInitMutex */
   0,                         /* nRefInitMutex */
};


/*
** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
................................................................................
  } else {
    int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5);
    x.s = s;
  }
  x.tz = 0;
  x.validJD = 0;
  computeJD(&x);
  t = x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000;
#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
  {
    struct tm sLocal;
    localtime_r(&t, &sLocal);
    y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
    y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
    y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
................................................................................
  const char *zPath, 
  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
  int flags, 
  int *pFlagsOut
){
  int rc;
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);




  rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pFlagsOut);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 );
  return rc;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
  return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  assert( pFile );
  rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile);
  sqlite3_free(pFile);
  return rc;
}














/*
** The list of all registered VFS implementations.
*/
static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0;
#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList)

................................................................................
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory
** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
** be changed.
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
**
** $Id: mem5.c,v 1.19 2008/11/19 16:52:44 danielk1977 Exp $























*/

/*
** This version of the memory allocator is used only when 
** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5

/*
** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure.
** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the
** size of the array is a power of 2.



*/
typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link;
struct Mem5Link {
  int next;       /* Index of next free chunk */
  int prev;       /* Index of previous free chunk */
};

/*
** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<<LOGMAX)*mem5.nAtom). Since
** mem5.nAtom is always at least 8, this is not really a practical
** limitation.
*/
#define LOGMAX 30

/*
** Masks used for mem5.aCtrl[] elements.
*/
#define CTRL_LOGSIZE  0x1f    /* Log2 Size of this block relative to POW2_MIN */
#define CTRL_FREE     0x20    /* True if not checked out */

/*
** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
** into a single structure named "mem5".  This is to keep the
** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global {
  /*
  ** Memory available for allocation
  */
  int nAtom;       /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
  int nBlock;      /* Number of nAtom sized blocks in zPool */
  u8 *zPool;
  
  /*
  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;

  /*
................................................................................
  u32 currentOut;     /* Current checkout, including internal fragmentation */
  u32 currentCount;   /* Current number of distinct checkouts */
  u32 maxOut;         /* Maximum instantaneous currentOut */
  u32 maxCount;       /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */
  u32 maxRequest;     /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */
  
  /*
  ** Lists of free blocks of various sizes.


  */
  int aiFreelist[LOGMAX+1];

  /*
  ** Space for tracking which blocks are checked out and the size
  ** of each block.  One byte per block.
  */
  u8 *aCtrl;

} mem5 = { 19804167 };




#define mem5 GLOBAL(struct Mem5Global, mem5)





#define MEM5LINK(idx) ((Mem5Link *)(&mem5.zPool[(idx)*mem5.nAtom]))

/*
** Unlink the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] from list it is currently
** on.  It should be found on mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize].
*/
static void memsys5Unlink(int i, int iLogsize){
  int next, prev;
................................................................................

/*
** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
*/
static void memsys5Enter(void){
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem5.mutex==0 ){
    mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex);
}
static void memsys5Leave(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex);
}

/*
................................................................................
** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
*/
static int memsys5Size(void *p){
  int iSize = 0;
  if( p ){
    int i = ((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.nAtom;
    assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
    iSize = mem5.nAtom * (1 << (mem5.aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE));
  }
  return iSize;
}

/*
** Find the first entry on the freelist iLogsize.  Unlink that
** entry and return its index. 
................................................................................
  }
  memsys5Unlink(iFirst, iLogsize);
  return iFirst;
}

/*
** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
** Return NULL if unable.






*/
static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
  int i;           /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */
  int iBin;        /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */
  int iFullSz;     /* Size of allocation rounded up to power of 2 */
  int iLogsize;    /* Log2 of iFullSz/POW2_MIN */




  /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request.  Even unfulfilled
  ** requests are counted */
  if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){
    mem5.maxRequest = nByte;
  }








  /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */
  for(iFullSz=mem5.nAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSz<nByte; iFullSz *= 2, iLogsize++){}

  /* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free
  ** block.  If not, then split a block of the next larger power of
  ** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize.
  */
  for(iBin=iLogsize; mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0 && iBin<=LOGMAX; iBin++){}
  if( iBin>LOGMAX ) return 0;
................................................................................
  mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte;
  mem5.currentCount++;
  mem5.currentOut += iFullSz;
  if( mem5.maxCount<mem5.currentCount ) mem5.maxCount = mem5.currentCount;
  if( mem5.maxOut<mem5.currentOut ) mem5.maxOut = mem5.currentOut;

  /* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */
  return (void*)&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.nAtom];
}

/*
** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
*/
static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
  u32 size, iLogsize;
  int iBlock;             

  /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in 
  ** the array of mem5.nAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool.
  */
  iBlock = ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.nAtom;

  /* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */
  assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<mem5.nBlock );
  assert( ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)%mem5.nAtom==0 );
  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_FREE)==0 );

  iLogsize = mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE;
  size = 1<<iLogsize;
  assert( iBlock+size-1<(u32)mem5.nBlock );

  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE;
  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE;
  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 );
  assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.nAtom) );
  mem5.currentCount--;
  mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.nAtom;
  assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 );
  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 );

  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
  while( iLogsize<LOGMAX ){
    int iBuddy;
    if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){
      iBuddy = iBlock - size;
    }else{
      iBuddy = iBlock + size;
    }
    assert( iBuddy>=0 );
................................................................................
    memsys5Leave();
  }
  return (void*)p; 
}

/*
** Free memory.
*/
static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){
  if( pPrior==0 ){
assert(0);
    return;
  }
  memsys5Enter();
  memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
  memsys5Leave();  
}

/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation









*/
static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
  int nOld;
  void *p;
  if( pPrior==0 ){
    return memsys5Malloc(nBytes);
  }

  if( nBytes<=0 ){
    memsys5Free(pPrior);
    return 0;
  }
  nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior);
  if( nBytes<=nOld ){
    return pPrior;
  }
  memsys5Enter();
................................................................................
    memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
  }
  memsys5Leave();
  return p;
}

/*
** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.






*/
static int memsys5Roundup(int n){
  int iFullSz;

  for(iFullSz=mem5.nAtom; iFullSz<n; iFullSz *= 2);
  return iFullSz;
}











static int memsys5Log(int iValue){
  int iLog;
  for(iLog=0; (1<<iLog)<iValue; iLog++);
  return iLog;
}

/*
** Initialize this module.



*/
static int memsys5Init(void *NotUsed){
  int ii;
  int nByte = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
  u8 *zByte = (u8 *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;



  int nMinLog;                 /* Log of minimum allocation size in bytes*/
  int iOffset;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);

  if( !zByte ){
    return SQLITE_ERROR;


  }









  nMinLog = memsys5Log(sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq);
  mem5.nAtom = (1<<nMinLog);
  while( (int)sizeof(Mem5Link)>mem5.nAtom ){
    mem5.nAtom = mem5.nAtom << 1;
  }

  mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.nAtom+sizeof(u8)));
  mem5.zPool = zByte;
  mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.nAtom];

  for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){
    mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1;
  }

  iOffset = 0;
  for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){
................................................................................
    if( (iOffset+nAlloc)<=mem5.nBlock ){
      mem5.aCtrl[iOffset] = ii | CTRL_FREE;
      memsys5Link(iOffset, ii);
      iOffset += nAlloc;
    }
    assert((iOffset+nAlloc)>mem5.nBlock);
  }






  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Deinitialize this module.
*/
static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);

  return;
}


/*
** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
** allocations into that log.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  FILE *out;
  int i, j, n;
  int nMinLog;

  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
    out = stdout;
  }else{
................................................................................
    if( out==0 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
                      zFilename);
      return;
    }
  }
  memsys5Enter();
  nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.nAtom);
  for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){
    for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){}
    fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.nAtom << i, n);
  }
  fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc       = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc   = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess  = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut   = %u\n", mem5.currentOut);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut       = %u\n", mem5.maxOut);
................................................................................
  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest   = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest);
  memsys5Leave();
  if( out==stdout ){
    fflush(stdout);
  }else{
    fclose(out);
  }
#else
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename);
#endif
}


/*
** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
** struct populated with the memsys5 methods.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){
................................................................................
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
**
** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations.

**
** $Id: mutex.c,v 1.31 2009/07/16 18:21:18 drh Exp $
*/











#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
/*
** Initialize the mutex system.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ 
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
      memcpy(pTo, pFrom, offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexAlloc));
      memcpy(&pTo->xMutexFree, &pFrom->xMutexFree,
             sizeof(*pTo) - offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexFree));
      pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc;
    }
    rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit();
  }





  return rc;
}

/*
** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by
** sqlite3MutexInit().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){
    rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd();
  }





  return rc;
}

/*
** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
................................................................................
  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
    return 0;
  }

  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
}

/*
** Free a dynamic mutex.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
................................................................................
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU

** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
**
** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Three static mutexes are
** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
................................................................................
*/
static long winMutex_lock = 0;

static int winMutexInit(void){ 
  /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */
  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<sizeof(winMutex_staticMutexes)/sizeof(winMutex_staticMutexes[0]); i++){
      InitializeCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
    }
    winMutex_isInit = 1;
  }else{
    /* Someone else is in the process of initing the static mutexes */
    while( !winMutex_isInit ){
      Sleep(1);
................................................................................

static int winMutexEnd(void){ 
  /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown 
  ** (which should be the last to shutdown.) */
  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 0, 1)==1 ){
    if( winMutex_isInit==1 ){
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<sizeof(winMutex_staticMutexes)/sizeof(winMutex_staticMutexes[0]); i++){
        DeleteCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
      }
      winMutex_isInit = 0;
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}
................................................................................
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST               0
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE          1
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER      2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM         3

** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG        4


** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
**
** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Three static mutexes are
** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
................................................................................
        InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
      }
      break;
    }
    default: {
      assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
      assert( iType-2 < sizeof(winMutex_staticMutexes)/sizeof(winMutex_staticMutexes[0]) );
      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
      p->id = iType;
      break;
    }
  }
  return p;
}
................................................................................
  sqlite3_uint64 iLimit;
  int overage;
  if( n<0 ){
    iLimit = 0;
  }else{
    iLimit = n;
  }

  sqlite3_initialize();

  if( iLimit>0 ){
    sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, iLimit);
  }else{
    sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0);
  }
  overage = (int)(sqlite3_memory_used() - (i64)n);
  if( overage>0 ){
................................................................................
    return 0;
  }
  if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){
    /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */
    return 0;
  }
  nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld);
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes);
    nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes);
    if( nOld==nNew ){
      pNew = pOld;
    }else{



      if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED)+nNew-nOld >= 
            mem0.alarmThreshold ){
        sqlite3MallocAlarm(nNew-nOld);
      }
      pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
      if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
        sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes);
        pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
      }
      if( pNew ){
        nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew);
        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld);
      }
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{
    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nBytes);
  }
  return pNew;
}

/*
** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc.  Make sure that the memory
** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc.
................................................................................
  int iDb;              /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
  i64 lastRowid;        /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */
  Bool zeroed;          /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */
  Bool rowidIsValid;    /* True if lastRowid is valid */
  Bool atFirst;         /* True if pointing to first entry */
  Bool useRandomRowid;  /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
  Bool nullRow;         /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
  Bool pseudoTable;     /* This is a NEW or OLD pseudo-tables of a trigger */
  Bool ephemPseudoTable;
  Bool deferredMoveto;  /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
  Bool isTable;         /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
  Bool isIndex;         /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
  int nData;            /* Number of bytes in pData */
  char *pData;          /* Data for a NEW or OLD pseudo-table */
  i64 iKey;             /* Key for the NEW or OLD pseudo-table row */
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
  int nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;     /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */

  /* Result of last sqlite3BtreeMoveto() done by an OP_NotExists or 
  ** OP_IsUnique opcode on this cursor. */
  int seekResult;

  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheValid is true.




  ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
  ** be NULL.
  */
  int cacheStatus;      /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
  int payloadSize;      /* Total number of bytes in the record */
  u32 *aType;           /* Type values for all entries in the record */
  u32 *aOffset;         /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */
  u8 *aRow;             /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
};
typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor;


































/*
** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
*/
#define CACHE_STALE 0

/*
** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
................................................................................
*/
struct Mem {
  union {
    i64 i;              /* Integer value. */
    int nZero;          /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
    FuncDef *pDef;      /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
    RowSet *pRowSet;    /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */

  } u;
  double r;           /* Real value */
  sqlite3 *db;        /* The associated database connection */
  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
  u8  type;           /* One of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_INTEGER, etc */
................................................................................
*/
#define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL */
#define MEM_Str       0x0002   /* Value is a string */
#define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
#define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
#define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */
#define MEM_RowSet    0x0020   /* Value is a RowSet object */

#define MEM_TypeMask  0x00ff   /* Mask of type bits */

/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
*/
................................................................................
*/
typedef struct Set Set;
struct Set {
  Hash hash;             /* A set is just a hash table */
  HashElem *prev;        /* Previously accessed hash elemen */
};

/*
** A Context stores the last insert rowid, the last statement change count,
** and the current statement change count (i.e. changes since last statement).
** The current keylist is also stored in the context.
** Elements of Context structure type make up the ContextStack, which is
** updated by the ContextPush and ContextPop opcodes (used by triggers).
** The context is pushed before executing a trigger a popped when the
** trigger finishes.
*/
typedef struct Context Context;
struct Context {
  i64 lastRowid;    /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
  int nChange;      /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges)     */
};

/*
** An instance of the virtual machine.  This structure contains the complete
** state of the virtual machine.
**
** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_compile()
** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
**
................................................................................
  u8 okVar;               /* True if azVar[] has been initialized */
  u16 nVar;               /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
  Mem *aVar;              /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
  char **azVar;           /* Name of variables */
  u32 magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
  int nMem;               /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
  Mem *aMem;              /* The memory locations */
  int cacheCtr;           /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */
  int contextStackTop;    /* Index of top element in the context stack */
  int contextStackDepth;  /* The size of the "context" stack */
  Context *contextStack;  /* Stack used by opcodes ContextPush & ContextPop*/
  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
  int rc;                 /* Value to return */
  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
  u8 explain;             /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
  u8 changeCntOn;         /* True to update the change-counter */
  u8 expired;             /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
  u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
................................................................................
  int aCounter[2];        /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */
  char *zSql;             /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
  void *pFree;            /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */
  int iStatement;         /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  FILE *trace;            /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
#endif


};

/*
** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
*/
#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT     0x26bceaa5    /* Building a VDBE program */
#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN      0xbdf20da3    /* VDBE is ready to execute */
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);


#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p);
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(Vdbe *p);
#else
................................................................................
    m.z = 0;
  }
  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
  return (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? m.z : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, m.z);
}



























/*
** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long.
** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
** in pZ.  nChar must be non-negative.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
  int c;
................................................................................
**
*************************************************************************
** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
**
** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
** strings, and stuff like that.
**
** $Id: util.c,v 1.262 2009/07/28 16:44:26 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
# include <math.h>
#endif

/*
** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
................................................................................
    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
    *realnum = 1;
  }
  return *z==0;
}

/*
** The string z[] is an ascii representation of a real number.
** Convert this string to a double.
**
** This routine assumes that z[] really is a valid number.  If it
** is not, the result is undefined.
**
** This routine is used instead of the library atof() function because
** the library atof() might want to use "," as the decimal point instead
** of "." depending on how locale is set.  But that would cause problems
** for SQL.  So this routine always uses "." regardless of locale.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  int sign = 1;
  const char *zBegin = z;

  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE v1 = 0.0;
  int nSignificant = 0;







  while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;

  if( *z=='-' ){
    sign = -1;
    z++;
  }else if( *z=='+' ){
    z++;
  }

  while( z[0]=='0' ){
    z++;
  }

  while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
    v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
    z++;
    nSignificant++;
  }





  if( *z=='.' ){
    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE divisor = 1.0;
    z++;
    if( nSignificant==0 ){
      while( z[0]=='0' ){
        divisor *= 10.0;
        z++;
      }
    }


    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
      if( nSignificant<18 ){
        v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
        divisor *= 10.0;
        nSignificant++;

      }
      z++;


    }
    v1 /= divisor;
  }

  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
    int esign = 1;
    int eval = 0;
    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
    z++;

    if( *z=='-' ){
      esign = -1;
      z++;
    }else if( *z=='+' ){
      z++;
    }

    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
      eval = eval*10 + *z - '0';

      z++;
    }
    while( eval>=64 ){ scale *= 1.0e+64; eval -= 64; }

































    while( eval>=16 ){ scale *= 1.0e+16; eval -= 16; }
    while( eval>=4 ){ scale *= 1.0e+4; eval -= 4; }










    while( eval>=1 ){ scale *= 1.0e+1; eval -= 1; }

    if( esign<0 ){
      v1 /= scale;

    }else{
      v1 *= scale;

    }
  }

  *pResult = (double)(sign<0 ? -v1 : v1);







  return (int)(z - zBegin);
#else
  return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
}

/*
................................................................................
}



#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
/*
** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
** This routinen only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal
** character:  0..9a..fA..F
*/
static u8 hexToInt(int h){
  assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') ||  (h>='a' && h<='f') ||  (h>='A' && h<='F') );
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
  h += 9*(1&(h>>6));
#endif
................................................................................
     /*  18 */ "Sort",
     /*  19 */ "Not",
     /*  20 */ "Copy",
     /*  21 */ "Trace",
     /*  22 */ "Function",
     /*  23 */ "IfNeg",
     /*  24 */ "Noop",
     /*  25 */ "Return",
     /*  26 */ "NewRowid",
     /*  27 */ "Variable",
     /*  28 */ "String",
     /*  29 */ "RealAffinity",
     /*  30 */ "VRename",
     /*  31 */ "ParseSchema",
     /*  32 */ "VOpen",
     /*  33 */ "Close",
     /*  34 */ "CreateIndex",
     /*  35 */ "IsUnique",
     /*  36 */ "NotFound",
     /*  37 */ "Int64",
     /*  38 */ "MustBeInt",
     /*  39 */ "Halt",
     /*  40 */ "Rowid",
     /*  41 */ "IdxLT",
     /*  42 */ "AddImm",
     /*  43 */ "Statement",
     /*  44 */ "RowData",
     /*  45 */ "MemMax",
     /*  46 */ "NotExists",
     /*  47 */ "Gosub",
     /*  48 */ "Integer",
     /*  49 */ "Prev",
     /*  50 */ "RowSetRead",
................................................................................
     /*  52 */ "VColumn",
     /*  53 */ "CreateTable",
     /*  54 */ "Last",
     /*  55 */ "SeekLe",
     /*  56 */ "IncrVacuum",
     /*  57 */ "IdxRowid",
     /*  58 */ "ResetCount",
     /*  59 */ "ContextPush",
     /*  60 */ "Yield",
     /*  61 */ "DropTrigger",
     /*  62 */ "DropIndex",
     /*  63 */ "IdxGE",
     /*  64 */ "IdxDelete",
     /*  65 */ "Vacuum",
     /*  66 */ "Or",
     /*  67 */ "And",
     /*  68 */ "IfNot",
     /*  69 */ "DropTable",
................................................................................
     /*  94 */ "String8",
     /*  95 */ "Compare",
     /*  96 */ "Goto",
     /*  97 */ "TableLock",
     /*  98 */ "Clear",
     /*  99 */ "VerifyCookie",
     /* 100 */ "AggStep",
     /* 101 */ "SetNumColumns",
     /* 102 */ "Transaction",
     /* 103 */ "VFilter",
     /* 104 */ "VDestroy",
     /* 105 */ "ContextPop",
     /* 106 */ "Next",
     /* 107 */ "Count",
     /* 108 */ "IdxInsert",
     /* 109 */ "SeekGe",
     /* 110 */ "Insert",
     /* 111 */ "Destroy",
     /* 112 */ "ReadCookie",
     /* 113 */ "RowSetTest",
     /* 114 */ "LoadAnalysis",
     /* 115 */ "Explain",
     /* 116 */ "HaltIfNull",
     /* 117 */ "OpenPseudo",
     /* 118 */ "OpenEphemeral",
     /* 119 */ "Null",
     /* 120 */ "Move",
     /* 121 */ "Blob",
     /* 122 */ "Rewind",
     /* 123 */ "SeekGt",
     /* 124 */ "VBegin",
     /* 125 */ "VUpdate",
     /* 126 */ "IfZero",
     /* 127 */ "VCreate",
     /* 128 */ "Found",
     /* 129 */ "IfPos",
     /* 130 */ "Real",
     /* 131 */ "NullRow",
     /* 132 */ "Jump",
     /* 133 */ "Permutation",
     /* 134 */ "NotUsed_134",
     /* 135 */ "NotUsed_135",
     /* 136 */ "NotUsed_136",
     /* 137 */ "NotUsed_137",
     /* 138 */ "NotUsed_138",
     /* 139 */ "ToText",
     /* 140 */ "ToBlob",
................................................................................
**   *  sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking.
**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking
**      methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method.
**   *  sqlite3_vfs method implementations.
**   *  Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only)
**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods
**      plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().
**
** $Id: os_unix.c,v 1.254 2009/07/03 12:57:58 drh Exp $
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */

/*
** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
** control:
**
................................................................................
/*
** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not 
** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
*/
#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x)  ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))















/*
** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix
** VFS implementations.
*/
typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
struct unixFile {
  sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
................................................................................
  struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen;       /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */
  struct unixLockInfo *pLock;      /* Info about locks on this inode */
  int h;                           /* The file descriptor */
  int dirfd;                       /* File descriptor for the directory */
  unsigned char locktype;          /* The type of lock held on this fd */
  int lastErrno;                   /* The unix errno from the last I/O error */
  void *lockingContext;            /* Locking style specific state */


#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  int openFlags;                   /* The flags specified at open() */
#endif
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
  pthread_t tid;                   /* The thread that "owns" this unixFile */
#endif
#if OS_VXWORKS
................................................................................
  ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction
  ** counter.  This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the
  ** one described by ticket #3584. 
  */
  unsigned char transCntrChng;   /* True if the transaction counter changed */
  unsigned char dbUpdate;        /* True if any part of database file changed */
  unsigned char inNormalWrite;   /* True if in a normal write operation */

  /* If true, that means we are dealing with a database file that has
  ** a range of locking bytes from PENDING_BYTE through PENDING_BYTE+511
  ** which should never be read or written.  Asserts() will verify this */
  unsigned char isLockable;      /* True if file might be locked */
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that 
  ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
  */
  char aPadding[32];
#endif
};






/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
................................................................................
#define threadid pthread_self()
#else
#define threadid 0
#endif


/*
** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex.











*/
static void unixEnterMutex(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
static void unixLeaveMutex(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}







#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
** integer lock-type.
*/
static const char *locktypeName(int locktype){
  switch( locktype ){
  case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
  case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
  case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
  case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
  case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
  }
  return "ERROR";
}
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
/*
................................................................................
** The close() system call would only occur when the last database
** using the file closes.
*/
struct unixOpenCnt {
  struct unixFileId fileId;   /* The lookup key */
  int nRef;                   /* Number of pointers to this structure */
  int nLock;                  /* Number of outstanding locks */
  int nPending;               /* Number of pending close() operations */
  int *aPending;            /* Malloced space holding fd's awaiting a close() */
#if OS_VXWORKS
  sem_t *pSem;                     /* Named POSIX semaphore */
  char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+1];   /* Name of that semaphore */
#endif
  struct unixOpenCnt *pNext, *pPrev;   /* List of all unixOpenCnt objects */
};

/*
** Lists of all unixLockInfo and unixOpenCnt objects.  These used to be hash
** tables.  But the number of objects is rarely more than a dozen and
................................................................................
  if( d.result!=0 ) return;
  threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = (d.lock.l_type==F_UNLCK);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) */

/*
** Release a unixLockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().



*/
static void releaseLockInfo(struct unixLockInfo *pLock){

  if( pLock ){
    pLock->nRef--;
    if( pLock->nRef==0 ){
      if( pLock->pPrev ){
        assert( pLock->pPrev->pNext==pLock );
        pLock->pPrev->pNext = pLock->pNext;
      }else{
................................................................................
      sqlite3_free(pLock);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Release a unixOpenCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().



*/
static void releaseOpenCnt(struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen){

  if( pOpen ){
    pOpen->nRef--;
    if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){
      if( pOpen->pPrev ){
        assert( pOpen->pPrev->pNext==pOpen );
        pOpen->pPrev->pNext = pOpen->pNext;
      }else{
................................................................................
        assert( openList==pOpen );
        openList = pOpen->pNext;
      }
      if( pOpen->pNext ){
        assert( pOpen->pNext->pPrev==pOpen );
        pOpen->pNext->pPrev = pOpen->pPrev;
      }
      sqlite3_free(pOpen->aPending);










      sqlite3_free(pOpen);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Given a file descriptor, locate unixLockInfo and unixOpenCnt structures that
** describes that file descriptor.  Create new ones if necessary.  The
** return values might be uninitialized if an error occurs.



**
** Return an appropriate error code.
*/
static int findLockInfo(
  unixFile *pFile,               /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */
  struct unixLockInfo **ppLock,  /* Return the unixLockInfo structure here */
  struct unixOpenCnt **ppOpen    /* Return the unixOpenCnt structure here */
................................................................................
  int rc;                        /* System call return code */
  int fd;                        /* The file descriptor for pFile */
  struct unixLockKey lockKey;    /* Lookup key for the unixLockInfo structure */
  struct unixFileId fileId;      /* Lookup key for the unixOpenCnt struct */
  struct stat statbuf;           /* Low-level file information */
  struct unixLockInfo *pLock = 0;/* Candidate unixLockInfo object */
  struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen;     /* Candidate unixOpenCnt object */



  /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to
  ** create a unique name for the file.
  */
  fd = pFile->h;
  rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
  if( rc!=0 ){
................................................................................
    if( pOpen==0 ){
      pOpen = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pOpen) );
      if( pOpen==0 ){
        releaseLockInfo(pLock);
        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
        goto exit_findlockinfo;
      }

      pOpen->fileId = fileId;
      pOpen->nRef = 1;
      pOpen->nLock = 0;
      pOpen->nPending = 0;
      pOpen->aPending = 0;
      pOpen->pNext = openList;
      pOpen->pPrev = 0;
      if( openList ) openList->pPrev = pOpen;
      openList = pOpen;
#if OS_VXWORKS
      pOpen->pSem = NULL;
      pOpen->aSemName[0] = '\0';
#endif
    }else{
      pOpen->nRef++;
    }
    *ppOpen = pOpen;
  }

exit_findlockinfo:
................................................................................
  
  unixLeaveMutex();
  OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);

  *pResOut = reserved;
  return rc;
}

























































/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
** of the following:
**
**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
................................................................................
  ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
  ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
  */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  struct unixLockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock;
  struct flock lock;
  int s;


  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE7("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
      locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype),
      locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt , getpid());

  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
................................................................................
  */
  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
    OSTRACE3("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
            locktypeName(locktype));
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct



  */
  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );

  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
  */
................................................................................
    assert( pLock->cnt>0 );
    pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
    pLock->cnt++;
    pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
    goto end_lock;
  }

  lock.l_len = 1L;

  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;

  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
  ** be released.
  */


  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK 
      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
  ){
    lock.l_type = (locktype==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
    if( s==(-1) ){
      int tErrno = errno;
      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      }
      goto end_lock;
    }
  }


  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
  */
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
    int tErrno = 0;
    assert( pLock->cnt==0 );
    assert( pLock->locktype==0 );

    /* Now get the read-lock */
    lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
    if( (s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock))==(-1) ){
      tErrno = errno;
    }
    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 1L;
    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
    if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){
      if( s != -1 ){
        /* This could happen with a network mount */
................................................................................
    ** already.
    */
    assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
    switch( locktype ){
      case RESERVED_LOCK:
        lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;


        break;
      case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK:
        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;

        break;
      default:
        assert(0);
    }
    s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
    if( s==(-1) ){
      int tErrno = errno;
      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      }
    }
  }
  
................................................................................

end_lock:
  unixLeaveMutex();
  OSTRACE4("LOCK    %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
      rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
  return rc;
}












































/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype.  locktype
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){

  struct unixLockInfo *pLock;
  struct flock lock;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  int h;


  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE7("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
      pFile->locktype, pFile->pLock->locktype, pFile->pLock->cnt, getpid());

  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
  if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
................................................................................
         || pFile->dbUpdate==0
         || pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
    pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
#endif


    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
      lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
      if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)==(-1) ){
        int tErrno = errno;
        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
        }
        goto end_unlock;
      }
    }
................................................................................
    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
    if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
      pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
    }else{
      int tErrno = errno;
      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      }
      goto end_unlock;
    }
  }
  if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
    struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen;
    int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;

    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
    ** the lock.
    */
    pLock->cnt--;
    if( pLock->cnt==0 ){
................................................................................
      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
      SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
      if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
        pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
      }else{
        int tErrno = errno;
        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
        }
        pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
        pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
      }
................................................................................
    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
    ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
    */
    pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
    pOpen->nLock--;
    assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
    if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<pOpen->nPending; i++){
        /* close pending fds, but if closing fails don't free the array
        ** assign -1 to the successfully closed descriptors and record the
        ** error.  The next attempt to unlock will try again. */
        if( pOpen->aPending[i] < 0 ) continue;
        if( close(pOpen->aPending[i]) ){
          pFile->lastErrno = errno;
          rc2 = SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE;
        }else{
          pOpen->aPending[i] = -1;
        }
      }
      if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){
        sqlite3_free(pOpen->aPending);
        pOpen->nPending = 0;
        pOpen->aPending = 0;
      }
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = rc2;

    }
  }
	
end_unlock:
  unixLeaveMutex();
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->locktype = locktype;
  return rc;
................................................................................
      }
      vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId);
      pFile->pId = 0;
    }
#endif
    OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h);
    OpenCounter(-1);

    memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Close a file.
................................................................................
  if( id ){
    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
    unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
    unixEnterMutex();
    if( pFile->pOpen && pFile->pOpen->nLock ){
      /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
      ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
      ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
      ** the last lock is cleared.
      */
      int *aNew;
      struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
      aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pOpen->aPending, (pOpen->nPending+1)*sizeof(int) );
      if( aNew==0 ){
        /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */
      }else{
        pOpen->aPending = aNew;
        pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending] = pFile->h;
        pOpen->nPending++;
        pFile->h = -1;
      }
    }
    releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
    releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
    rc = closeUnixFile(id);
    unixLeaveMutex();
  }
  return rc;
................................................................................

/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation *********************
******************************************************************************/

/******************************************************************************
************************* Begin dot-file Locking ******************************
**
** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existing of separate lock
** files in order to control access to the database.  This works on just
** about every filesystem imaginable.  But there are serious downsides:
**
**    (1)  There is zero concurrency.  A single reader blocks all other
**         connections from reading or writing the database.
**
**    (2)  An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files
................................................................................
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
      struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
      pOpen->nLock--;
      assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
      if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){
        int i;
        for(i=0; i<pOpen->nPending; i++){
          if( pOpen->aPending[i] < 0 ) continue;
          if( close(pOpen->aPending[i]) ){
            pFile->lastErrno = errno;
            rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE;
          }else{
            pOpen->aPending[i] = -1;
          }
        }
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          sqlite3_free(pOpen->aPending);
          pOpen->nPending = 0;
          pOpen->aPending = 0;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  unixLeaveMutex();

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->locktype = locktype;

  return rc;
}

/*
** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context 
*/
static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
................................................................................
    unixEnterMutex();
    if( pFile->pOpen && pFile->pOpen->nLock ){
      /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
      ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
      ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
      ** the last lock is cleared.
      */
      int *aNew;
      struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
      aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pOpen->aPending, (pOpen->nPending+1)*sizeof(int) );
      if( aNew==0 ){
        /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */
      }else{
        pOpen->aPending = aNew;
        pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending] = pFile->h;
        pOpen->nPending++;
        pFile->h = -1;
      }
    }
    releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
    closeUnixFile(id);
    unixLeaveMutex();
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
*/
static int unixRead(
  sqlite3_file *id, 
  void *pBuf, 
  int amt,
  sqlite3_int64 offset
){

  int got;
  assert( id );


  /* Never read or write any of the bytes in the locking range */
  assert( ((unixFile*)id)->isLockable==0

          || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
          || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE );


  got = seekAndRead((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt);
  if( got==amt ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }else if( got<0 ){
    /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
  }else{
    ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
  }
}

/*
................................................................................
*/
static int unixWrite(
  sqlite3_file *id, 
  const void *pBuf, 
  int amt,
  sqlite3_int64 offset 
){

  int wrote = 0;
  assert( id );
  assert( amt>0 );


  /* Never read or write any of the bytes in the locking range */
  assert( ((unixFile*)id)->isLockable==0

          || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
          || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE );


#ifndef NDEBUG
  /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
  ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
  ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database
  ** has changed.  If the transaction counter is modified, record that
  ** fact too.
  */
  if( ((unixFile*)id)->inNormalWrite ){
    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
    pFile->dbUpdate = 1;  /* The database has been modified */
    if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){
      int rc;
      char oldCntr[4];
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
      rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4);
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
................................................................................
      if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){
        pFile->transCntrChng = 1;  /* The transaction counter has changed */
      }
    }
  }
#endif

  while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
    amt -= wrote;
    offset += wrote;
    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
  }
  SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
  SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
  if( amt>0 ){
    if( wrote<0 ){
      /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */
      return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
    }else{
      ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
      return SQLITE_FULL;
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
................................................................................
** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking
** strategy from that.
**
** For finder-funtion F, two objects are created:
**
**    (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()".
**
**    (2) A constant pointer to this functio named just "F".
**
**
** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS
** objects.  We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point
** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void*
** from be cast into a function pointer.
**
................................................................................
   LOCK,                       /* xLock */                                   \
   UNLOCK,                     /* xUnlock */                                 \
   CKLOCK,                     /* xCheckReservedLock */                      \
   unixFileControl,            /* xFileControl */                            \
   unixSectorSize,             /* xSectorSize */                             \
   unixDeviceCharacteristics   /* xDeviceCapabilities */                     \
};                                                                           \
static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, int h){         \
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(h);                                  \
  return &METHOD;                                                            \
}                                                                            \
static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,int)            \
    = FINDER##Impl;

/*
** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the
** locking strategies.  Functions that return pointers to these methods
** are also created.
*/
................................................................................
  afpClose,                 /* xClose method */
  afpLock,                  /* xLock method */
  afpUnlock,                /* xUnlock method */
  afpCheckReservedLock      /* xCheckReservedLock method */
)
#endif


















/*
** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it
** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and
** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those
** secondary files.  For this reason, the division that implements
** proxy locking is located much further down in the file.  But we need
** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function
................................................................................
** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
** object that implements that strategy.
**
** This is for MacOSX only.
*/
static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
  int fd                   /* file descriptor open on the database file */
){
  static const struct Mapping {
    const char *zFilesystem;              /* Filesystem type name */
    const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;   /* Appropriate locking method */
  } aMap[] = {
    { "hfs",    &posixIoMethods },
    { "ufs",    &posixIoMethods },
................................................................................
  ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, 
  ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. 
  */
  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
  if( fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {

    return &posixIoMethods;
  }else{
    return &dotlockIoMethods;
  }
}
static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,int)
        = autolockIoFinderImpl;

#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

#if OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/* 
** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy 
** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
** object that implements that strategy.
**
** This is for VXWorks only.
*/
static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
  int fd                   /* file descriptor open on the database file */
){
  struct flock lockInfo;

  if( !filePath ){
    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
    ** that does not need to be locked. */
    return &nolockIoMethods;
................................................................................
  /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks.
  ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method.
  */
  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
  if( fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
    return &posixIoMethods;
  }else{
    return &semIoMethods;
  }
}
static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,int)
        = autolockIoFinderImpl;

#endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

/*
** An abstract type for a pointer to a IO method finder function:
*/
typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,int);


/****************************************************************************
**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
**
** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
** sqlite3_vfs object.
................................................................................
  const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle;
  unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( pNew->pLock==NULL );
  assert( pNew->pOpen==NULL );

  /* Parameter isDelete is only used on vxworks.
  ** Express this explicitly here to prevent compiler warnings
  ** about unused parameters.
  */
#if !OS_VXWORKS
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDelete);
#endif

  OSTRACE3("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename);    
  pNew->h = h;
  pNew->dirfd = dirfd;
  SET_THREADID(pNew);


#if OS_VXWORKS
  pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename);
  if( pNew->pId==0 ){
    noLock = 1;
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
#endif

  if( noLock ){
    pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods;
  }else{
    pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, h);
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
    /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for
    ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name)
    ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */
    pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename;
#endif
  }

  if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods ){
    unixEnterMutex();
    rc = findLockInfo(pNew, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen);






















    unixLeaveMutex();
  }

#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
  else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){
    /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
    ** the afpLockingContext.
................................................................................
    ** included in the semLockingContext
    */
    unixEnterMutex();
    rc = findLockInfo(pNew, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen);
    if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pOpen->pSem==NULL) ){
      char *zSemName = pNew->pOpen->aSemName;
      int n;
      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "%s.sem",
                       pNew->pId->zCanonicalName);
      for( n=0; zSemName[n]; n++ )
        if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_';
      pNew->pOpen->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1);
      if( pNew->pOpen->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){
        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
        pNew->pOpen->aSemName[0] = '\0';
      }
    }
................................................................................
    unlink(zFilename);
    isDelete = 0;
  }
  pNew->isDelete = isDelete;
#endif
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd); /* silent leak if fail, already in error */
    close(h);
  }else{
    pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
    OpenCounter(+1);
  }
  return rc;
}

................................................................................
** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile.
** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen()
** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined.
*/
static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*);
#endif


























































/*
** Open the file zPath.
** 
** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
** one:
**
................................................................................
static int unixOpen(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,           /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */
  const char *zPath,           /* Pathname of file to be opened */
  sqlite3_file *pFile,         /* The file descriptor to be filled in */
  int flags,                   /* Input flags to control the opening */
  int *pOutFlags               /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */
){

  int fd = -1;                    /* File descriptor returned by open() */
  int dirfd = -1;                /* Directory file descriptor */
  int openFlags = 0;             /* Flags to pass to open() */
  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
  int noLock;                    /* True to omit locking primitives */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);

................................................................................
  */
  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);

  /* The main DB, main journal, and master journal are never automatically
  ** deleted
  */
  assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || !isDelete );
  assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || !isDelete );
  assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || !isDelete );

  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB
  );

  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));













  if( !zName ){

    assert(isDelete && !isOpenDirectory);
    rc = getTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+1, zTmpname);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
    zName = zTmpname;
  }





  if( isReadonly )  openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
  if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR;
  if( isCreate )    openFlags |= O_CREAT;
  if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW);
  openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);


  fd = open(zName, openFlags, isDelete?0600:SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);

  OSTRACE4("OPENX   %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags);
  if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
    /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
    flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);

    flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
    return unixOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);


  }
  if( fd<0 ){
    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;

  }











  if( isDelete ){
#if OS_VXWORKS
    zPath = zName;
#else
    unlink(zName);
#endif
  }
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  else{
    ((unixFile*)pFile)->openFlags = openFlags;
  }
#endif
  if( pOutFlags ){
    *pOutFlags = flags;
  }

#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 ){
    ((unixFile*)pFile)->isLockable = 1;
  }
#endif

  assert( fd>=0 );
  if( isOpenDirectory ){
    rc = openDirectory(zPath, &dirfd);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){





      close(fd); /* silently leak if fail, already in error */
      return rc;

    }
  }

#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
  fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
#endif

  noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;

#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
  if( zPath!=NULL && !noLock ){
    char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING");
    int useProxy = 0;

    /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 
    ** 0 means never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only
    */
    if( envforce!=NULL ){
      useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
    }else{
      struct statfs fsInfo;

      if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){







				((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno;

        if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd); /* silently leak if fail, in error */

        close(fd); /* silently leak if fail, in error */
        return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;

      }
      useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
    }
    if( useProxy ){
      rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock, isDelete);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
      }
      return rc;
    }
  }
#endif
  
  return fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock, isDelete);



}




/*
** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
** the directory after deleting the file.
*/
static int unixDelete(
  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,     /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */
................................................................................
** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from
** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor.
**
** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor
** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor.
*/
static int proxyCreateUnixFile(const char *path, unixFile **ppFile) {
  int fd;
  int dirfd = -1;
  unixFile *pNew;

  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs;

  fd = open(path, O_RDWR | O_CREAT, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
  if( fd<0 ){
    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
  }
  
  pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unixFile));
  if( pNew==NULL ){

    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto end_create_proxy;
  }
  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile));













  dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder;
  rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, dirfd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0, 0);


  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    *ppFile = pNew;

    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
end_create_proxy:    
  close(fd); /* silently leak fd if error, we're already in error */


  sqlite3_free(pNew);




  return rc;
}

/* takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if 
** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match.  A NULL 
** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the 
** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically 
................................................................................
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && (OS_VXWORKS || defined(__APPLE__))
    UNIXVFS("unix",          autolockIoFinder ),
#else
    UNIXVFS("unix",          posixIoFinder ),
#endif
    UNIXVFS("unix-none",     nolockIoFinder ),
    UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile",  dotlockIoFinder ),

#if OS_VXWORKS
    UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ),
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
    UNIXVFS("unix-posix",    posixIoFinder ),
#if !OS_VXWORKS
    UNIXVFS("unix-flock",    flockIoFinder ),
................................................................................
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code that is specific to windows.
**
** $Id: os_win.c,v 1.157 2009/08/05 04:08:30 shane Exp $
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN               /* This file is used for windows only */


/*
** A Note About Memory Allocation:
**
................................................................................
{
  static struct tm y;
  FILETIME uTm, lTm;
  SYSTEMTIME pTm;
  sqlite3_int64 t64;
  t64 = *t;
  t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
  uTm.dwLowDateTime = t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF;
  uTm.dwHighDateTime= t64 >> 32;
  FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
  FileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
  y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
  y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
  y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
  y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
  y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
................................................................................
/* This will never be called, but defined to make the code compile */
#define GetTempPathA(a,b)

#define LockFile(a,b,c,d,e)       winceLockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
#define UnlockFile(a,b,c,d,e)     winceUnlockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
#define LockFileEx(a,b,c,d,e,f)   winceLockFileEx(&a, b, c, d, e, f)

#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-offsetof(winFile,h)]

/*
** Acquire a lock on the handle h
*/
static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
   DWORD dwErr;
   do {
................................................................................
  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
){
  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;




  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);

  /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
  if (dwFileOffsetLow == SHARED_FIRST
       && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){
    if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
       pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
       pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
       bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  /* Want a read-only lock? */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == SHARED_FIRST &&
           nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
    if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
      pFile->local.nReaders ++;
      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
        pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
      }
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  /* Want a pending lock? */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
    /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
    if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
      pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
      pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  /* Want a reserved lock? */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
    if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
      pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
      pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

................................................................................
  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
){
  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;




  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);

  /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
  if (dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST &&
       dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE){
    /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){

      pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }

    /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
    else if (pFile->local.nReaders){

      pFile->local.nReaders --;
      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
      {
        pFile->shared->nReaders --;
      }
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  /* Releasing a pending lock */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
    if (pFile->local.bPending){
      pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }
  /* Releasing a reserved lock */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
    if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
      pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

................................................................................
  HANDLE *phFile,
  DWORD dwFlags,
  DWORD dwReserved,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh,
  LPOVERLAPPED lpOverlapped
){



  /* If the caller wants a shared read lock, forward this call
  ** to winceLockFile */
  if (lpOverlapped->Offset == SHARED_FIRST &&
      dwFlags == 1 &&
      nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){
    return winceLockFile(phFile, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
  }
  return FALSE;
}
/*
** End of the special code for wince
*****************************************************************************/
................................................................................
** file.
*/
static int getSectorSize(
    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
    const char *zRelative     /* UTF-8 file name */
){
  DWORD bytesPerSector = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;





  char zFullpath[MAX_PATH+1];
  int rc;
  DWORD dwRet = 0, dwDummy;


  /*
  ** We need to get the full path name of the file
  ** to get the drive letter to look up the sector
  ** size.
  */
  rc = winFullPathname(pVfs, zRelative, MAX_PATH, zFullpath);
................................................................................
          }
        }
        dwRet = GetDiskFreeSpaceW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
                                  &dwDummy,
                                  &bytesPerSector,
                                  &dwDummy,
                                  &dwDummy);
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
      }else{
        /* trim path to just drive reference */
        CHAR *p = (CHAR *)zConverted;
        for(;*p;p++){
          if( *p == '\\' ){
            *p = '\0';
            break;
................................................................................
          }
        }
        dwRet = GetDiskFreeSpaceA((CHAR*)zConverted,
                                  &dwDummy,
                                  &bytesPerSector,
                                  &dwDummy,
                                  &dwDummy);
#endif
      }
      free(zConverted);
    }
    if( !dwRet ){
      bytesPerSector = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
    }
  }

  return (int) bytesPerSector; 
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
................................................................................
    winDlSym,          /* xDlSym */
    winDlClose,        /* xDlClose */
    winRandomness,     /* xRandomness */
    winSleep,          /* xSleep */
    winCurrentTime,    /* xCurrentTime */
    winGetLastError    /* xGetLastError */
  };

  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

................................................................................
** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
**
** @(#) $Id: bitvec.c,v 1.17 2009/07/25 17:33:26 drh Exp $
*/

/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
#define BITVEC_SZ        512

/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how 
** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
#define BITVEC_USIZE     (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))

/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. 
** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. 
................................................................................
  }
  pcache1.isInit = 1;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method.


*/
static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 );
  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
}

................................................................................
** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
** another is writing.
**
** @(#) $Id: pager.c,v 1.628 2009/07/27 14:15:44 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO

/*
** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
*/
#if 0
................................................................................
    if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
#else
# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
#endif

/*
** The maximum allowed sector size. 16MB. If the xSectorsize() method 
** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
*/
#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x0100000

/*
** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
**
................................................................................
  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
  if( (pPager->noSync) || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 
  ){
    memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
  }else{
    zHeader[0] = '\0';
    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0);
  }

  /* The random check-hash initialiser */ 
  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
  /* The initial database size */
  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
................................................................................

    /* Compute the total free space on the page */
    pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
    nFree = data[hdr+7] + top;
    while( pc>0 ){
      u16 next, size;
      if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
        /* Free block is off the page */
        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
      }
      next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
      if( next>0 && next<=pc+size+3 ){
        /* Free blocks must be in ascending order */

        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
      }
      nFree = nFree + size;
      pc = next;
    }

    /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start
................................................................................

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
  /*
  ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
  ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
  */
  if( isMemdb==0 && zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){
      int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
      char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname);
      sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
      p->sharable = 1;
      if( !zFullPathname ){
        sqlite3_free(p);
        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
................................................................................
          nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
          pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell );
          if( pCellKey==0 ){
            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
            goto moveto_finish;
          }
          rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 0);




          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
          if( rc ) goto moveto_finish;
        }
      }
      if( c==0 ){
        if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
          lwr = idx;
          upr = lwr - 1;
          break;
................................................................................
** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already
** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative
** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or
** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than 
** (pKey, nKey)). 
**


** If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may point to any 
** entry or to no entry at all. In this case this function has to seek
** the cursor before the new key can be inserted.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key of the new record */
  const void *pData, int nData,  /* The data of the new record */
  int nZero,                     /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */
  int appendBias,                /* True if this is likely an append */
  int seekResult                 /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */
){
  int rc;
  int loc = seekResult;
  int szNew;
  int idx;
  MemPage *pPage;
  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  unsigned char *oldCell;
  unsigned char *newCell = 0;
................................................................................
/*
** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );




  if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet) ){
    if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
      assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
    }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){
      assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
      p->xDel((void *)p->z);
      p->xDel = 0;
    }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
      sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);


    }
  }
}

/*
** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
................................................................................

  /* Only mark the value as an integer if
  **
  **    (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and
  **    (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest
  **        possible integer (ticket #3922)
  **
  ** The second term in the following conditional enforces the second
  ** condition under the assumption that additional overflow causes
  ** values to wrap around.


  */
  if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i && (pMem->u.i-1) < (pMem->u.i+1) ){

    pMem->flags |= MEM_Int;
  }
}

/*
** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
*/
................................................................................
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){



  if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
    sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
  }
  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null);
  pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
}

................................................................................
  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;

  if( !pExpr ){
    *ppVal = 0;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  op = pExpr->op;




  if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
    if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue);
    }else{
      zVal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pExpr->u.zToken);
      if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
      sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);

    }
    if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8);
    }else{
      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
    }
    if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
................................................................................
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  assert( j>=0 && j<p->nLabel );
  if( p->aLabel ){
    p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp;
  }
}



/*
** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative
** on jump instructions.  Each such value is a label.  Resolve the
** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value.


**
** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.


**
** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument 
** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by 
** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array.






**
** This routine also does the following optimization:  It scans for
** instructions that might cause a statement rollback.  Such instructions
** are:


























































**
**   *  OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.

**   *  OP_Destroy
**   *  OP_VUpdate
**   *  OP_VRename
**
** If no such instruction is found, then every Statement instruction 
** is changed to a Noop.  In this way, we avoid creating the statement 
** journal file unnecessarily.













































*/
static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){
  int i;
  int nMaxArgs = 0;
  Op *pOp;
  int *aLabel = p->aLabel;
  int doesStatementRollback = 0;
  int hasStatementBegin = 0;
  p->readOnly = 1;
  p->usesStmtJournal = 0;
  for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
    u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;

    if( opcode==OP_Function || opcode==OP_AggStep ){
      if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate ){
      if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2;
#endif
    }
    if( opcode==OP_Halt ){
      if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort ){
        doesStatementRollback = 1;
      }
    }else if( opcode==OP_Statement ){
      hasStatementBegin = 1;
      p->usesStmtJournal = 1;
    }else if( opcode==OP_Destroy ){
      doesStatementRollback = 1;
    }else if( opcode==OP_Transaction && pOp->p2!=0 ){
      p->readOnly = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename ){
      doesStatementRollback = 1;
    }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){
      int n;
      assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
      assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
      n = pOp[-1].p1;
      if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
#endif
................................................................................
      pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
    }
  }
  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aLabel);
  p->aLabel = 0;

  *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;

  /* If we never rollback a statement transaction, then statement
  ** transactions are not needed.  So change every OP_Statement
  ** opcode into an OP_Noop.  This avoid a call to sqlite3OsOpenExclusive()
  ** which can be expensive on some platforms.
  */
  if( hasStatementBegin && !doesStatementRollback ){
    p->usesStmtJournal = 0;
    for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
      if( pOp->opcode==OP_Statement ){
        pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  return p->nOp;
}

























/*
** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return the
** address of the first operation added.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){
  int addr;
................................................................................
        sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
        break;
      }
      case P4_VTAB : {
        sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4);
        break;
      }



















































    }
  }
}


/*
** Change N opcodes starting at addr to No-ops.
................................................................................
** Change the comment on the the most recently coded instruction.  Or
** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction.  This
** makes the code easier to read during debugging.  None of this happens
** in a production build.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;

  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
  if( p->nOp ){
    char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
    va_start(ap, zFormat);
    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
    *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
    va_end(ap);
  }
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;

  sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop);
  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
  if( p->nOp ){
    char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
    va_start(ap, zFormat);
    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
................................................................................
      assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)==0 );
      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
        zP4 = pMem->z;
      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r);



      }
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    case P4_VTAB: {
      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule);
      break;
    }
#endif
    case P4_INTARRAY: {
      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray");
      break;




    }
    default: {
      zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
      if( zP4==0 ){
        zP4 = zTemp;
        zTemp[0] = 0;
      }
................................................................................
  assert( zP4!=0 );
  return zP4;
}
#endif

/*
** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
**
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
  int mask;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb && i<sizeof(u32)*8 );
  assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
  mask = ((u32)1)<<i;
  if( (p->btreeMask & mask)==0 ){
................................................................................
      ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7 
      ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if 
      ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps
      ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table 
      ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind() 
      ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction.
      */
      if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn) ){
        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
      }else if( p->zMalloc ){
        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
        p->zMalloc = 0;
      }

      p->flags = MEM_Null;
    }
    db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
  }
}

















#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p){
  int ii;
  int nFree = 0;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  for(ii=1; ii<=p->nMem; ii++){
................................................................................
** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
** are shown in a different format.  p->explain==2 is used to implement
** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(
  Vdbe *p                   /* The VDBE */
){




  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
  int i;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Mem *pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];

  assert( p->explain );
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );
................................................................................
  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );

  /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
  ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
  ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
  */
  releaseMemArray(pMem, p->nMem);

  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
    return SQLITE_ERROR;
  }















  do{
    i = p->pc++;
  }while( i<p->nOp && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
  if( i>=p->nOp ){
    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
  }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
    p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
  }else{
    char *z;


    Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i];








    if( p->explain==1 ){
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
      pMem->u.i = i;                                /* Program counter */
      pMem++;
  
      pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
      pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode);  /* Opcode */
      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
      pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
      pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
      pMem++;














    }

    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
    pMem->u.i = pOp->p1;                          /* P1 */
    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
    pMem++;

................................................................................
** is passed -1 and nMem, nCursor and isExplain are all passed zero.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
  Vdbe *p,                       /* The VDBE */
  int nVar,                      /* Number of '?' see in the SQL statement */
  int nMem,                      /* Number of memory cells to allocate */
  int nCursor,                   /* Number of cursors to allocate */

  int isExplain                  /* True if the EXPLAIN keywords is present */

){
  int n;
  sqlite3 *db = p->db;

  assert( p!=0 );
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );

................................................................................
  ** first time this function is called for a given VDBE, not when it is
  ** being called from sqlite3_reset() to reset the virtual machine.
  */
  if( nVar>=0 && ALWAYS(db->mallocFailed==0) ){
    u8 *zCsr = (u8 *)&p->aOp[p->nOp];
    u8 *zEnd = (u8 *)&p->aOp[p->nOpAlloc];
    int nByte;
    int nArg;       /* Maximum number of args passed to a user function. */
    resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);

    if( isExplain && nMem<10 ){
      nMem = 10;
    }
    memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr);
    zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7;
    assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) );

................................................................................
    p->inVtabMethod = 1;
    (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(p->db);
    pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(p->db);
    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
  }
#endif
  if( !pCx->ephemPseudoTable ){
    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pCx->pData);
  }

















}

/*
** Close all cursors.





*/
static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){









  int i;
  if( p->apCsr==0 ) return;
  for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
    VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
    if( pC ){
      sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
      p->apCsr[i] = 0;
    }
  }




}

/*
** Clean up the VM after execution.
**
** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
** sorters that were left open.  It also deletes the values of
** variables in the aVar[] array.
*/
static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
  int i;
  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
  Mem *pMem;
  closeAllCursors(p);
  for(pMem=&p->aMem[1], i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++, pMem++){
    if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
      sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
    }






    MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null);
  }
  releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem);
  if( p->contextStack ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->contextStack);
  }
  p->contextStack = 0;
  p->contextStackDepth = 0;
  p->contextStackTop = 0;
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
  p->zErrMsg = 0;
  p->pResultSet = 0;
}

/*
** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
................................................................................
  }
}

/*
** Delete an entire VDBE.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
  int i;
  sqlite3 *db;

  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
  db = p->db;
  if( p->pPrev ){
    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
  }else{
    assert( db->pVdbe==p );
    db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
  }
  if( p->pNext ){
    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
  }
  if( p->aOp ){
    Op *pOp = p->aOp;
    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++, pOp++){
      freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
#endif     
    }
  }
  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLabel);
  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);


  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aOp);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}

/*
** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
** was last positioned.  Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
  i64 nCellKey = 0;
  int rc;
  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
  u32 lenRowid;     /* Size of the rowid */
  Mem m, v;



  /* Get the size of the index entry.  Only indices entries of less
  ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
  ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
  ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits  
  */
  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );     /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
  assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey );

  /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
  m.flags = 0;
  m.db = db;
  m.zMalloc = 0;
  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
  if( rc ){
    return rc;
  }

  /* The index entry must begin with a header size */
  (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
................................................................................
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
  /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the say
  ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */
  if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){
    *res = 0;
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
  }
  m.db = 0;
  m.flags = 0;
  m.zMalloc = 0;
  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
  if( rc ){
    return rc;
  }
  assert( pUnpacked->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID );
  *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked);
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
................................................................................
  int rc;
  if( pStmt==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v);
    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, -1, 0, 0, 0);
    assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc );
    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(v->db, rc);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
  }
  return rc;
}

................................................................................
** if we run out of memory.
*/
static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor(
  Vdbe *p,              /* The virtual machine */
  int iCur,             /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */
  int nField,           /* Number of fields in the table or index */
  int iDb,              /* When database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */
  int isBtreeCursor     /* True for B-Tree vs. pseudo-table or vtab */
){
  /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
  ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a 
  ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
  ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
  **
  **   * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
................................................................................
      Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
      u8 *zIdx;          /* Index into header */
      u8 *zEndHdr;       /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
      u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
      u64 offset64;      /* 64-bit offset.  64 bits needed to catch overflow */
      int szHdr;         /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
      int avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */

    } am;
    struct OP_Affinity_stack_vars {
      char *zAffinity;   /* The affinity to be applied */
      Mem *pData0;       /* First register to which to apply affinity */
      Mem *pLast;        /* Last register to which to apply affinity */
      Mem *pRec;         /* Current register */
    } an;
................................................................................
      int i;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */
      int len;               /* Length of a field */
    } ao;
    struct OP_Count_stack_vars {
      i64 nEntry;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
    } ap;
    struct OP_Statement_stack_vars {
      Btree *pBt;
    } aq;
    struct OP_Savepoint_stack_vars {
      int p1;                         /* Value of P1 operand */
      char *zName;                    /* Name of savepoint */
      int nName;
      Savepoint *pNew;
      Savepoint *pSavepoint;
      Savepoint *pTmp;
      int iSavepoint;
      int ii;
    } ar;
    struct OP_AutoCommit_stack_vars {
      int desiredAutoCommit;
      int iRollback;
      int turnOnAC;
    } as;
    struct OP_Transaction_stack_vars {
      Btree *pBt;
    } at;
    struct OP_ReadCookie_stack_vars {
      int iMeta;
      int iDb;
      int iCookie;
    } au;
    struct OP_SetCookie_stack_vars {
      Db *pDb;
    } av;
    struct OP_VerifyCookie_stack_vars {
      int iMeta;
      Btree *pBt;
    } aw;
    struct OP_OpenWrite_stack_vars {
      int nField;
      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
      int p2;
      int iDb;
      int wrFlag;
      Btree *pX;
      VdbeCursor *pCur;
      Db *pDb;
    } ax;
    struct OP_OpenEphemeral_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pCx;
    } ay;
    struct OP_OpenPseudo_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pCx;
    } az;
    struct OP_SeekGt_stack_vars {
      int res;
      int oc;
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      UnpackedRecord r;
      int nField;
      i64 iKey;      /* The rowid we are to seek to */
    } ba;
    struct OP_Seek_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
    } bb;
    struct OP_Found_stack_vars {
      int alreadyExists;
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      int res;
      UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
      char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7];
    } bc;
    struct OP_IsUnique_stack_vars {
      u16 ii;
      VdbeCursor *pCx;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      u16 nField;
      Mem *aMem;
      UnpackedRecord r;                  /* B-Tree index search key */
      i64 R;                             /* Rowid stored in register P3 */
    } bd;
    struct OP_NotExists_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int res;
      u64 iKey;
    } be;
    struct OP_NewRowid_stack_vars {
      i64 v;                 /* The new rowid */
      VdbeCursor *pC;        /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
      int res;               /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
      int cnt;               /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
      Mem *pMem;             /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */

    } bf;
    struct OP_Insert_stack_vars {
      Mem *pData;
      Mem *pKey;

      i64 iKey;   /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      int nZero;
      int seekResult;

      const char *zDb;
      const char *zTbl;
      int op;

    } bg;
    struct OP_Delete_stack_vars {
      i64 iKey;
      VdbeCursor *pC;
    } bh;
    struct OP_RowData_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      u32 n;
      i64 n64;
    } bi;
    struct OP_Rowid_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      i64 v;
      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
      const sqlite3_module *pModule;
    } bj;
    struct OP_NullRow_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
    } bk;
    struct OP_Last_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int res;
    } bl;
    struct OP_Rewind_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int res;
    } bm;
    struct OP_Next_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int res;
    } bn;
    struct OP_IdxInsert_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int nKey;
      const char *zKey;
    } bo;
    struct OP_IdxDelete_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int res;
      UnpackedRecord r;
    } bp;
    struct OP_IdxRowid_stack_vars {
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      i64 rowid;
    } bq;
    struct OP_IdxGE_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      int res;
      UnpackedRecord r;
    } br;
    struct OP_Destroy_stack_vars {
      int iMoved;
      int iCnt;
      Vdbe *pVdbe;
      int iDb;
    } bs;
    struct OP_Clear_stack_vars {
      int nChange;
    } bt;
    struct OP_CreateTable_stack_vars {
      int pgno;
      int flags;
      Db *pDb;
    } bu;
    struct OP_ParseSchema_stack_vars {
      int iDb;
      const char *zMaster;
      char *zSql;
      InitData initData;
    } bv;
    struct OP_IntegrityCk_stack_vars {
      int nRoot;      /* Number of tables to check.  (Number of root pages.) */
      int *aRoot;     /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
      int j;          /* Loop counter */
      int nErr;       /* Number of errors reported */
      char *z;        /* Text of the error report */
      Mem *pnErr;     /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
    } bw;
    struct OP_RowSetAdd_stack_vars {
      Mem *pIdx;
      Mem *pVal;
    } bx;
    struct OP_RowSetRead_stack_vars {
      Mem *pIdx;
      i64 val;
    } by;
    struct OP_RowSetTest_stack_vars {
      int iSet;
      int exists;
    } bz;
    struct OP_ContextPush_stack_vars {
      int i;
      Context *pContext;










    } ca;
    struct OP_ContextPop_stack_vars {
      Context *pContext;



    } cb;
    struct OP_AggStep_stack_vars {
      int n;
      int i;
      Mem *pMem;
      Mem *pRec;
      sqlite3_context ctx;
................................................................................
      pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
      if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
        assert( pOp->p2>0 );
        assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
        pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);


        if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){
          assert( pOp->p3>0 );
          assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
          pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
        }
      }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
        assert( pOp->p3>0 );
        assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
        pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
      }
    }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
................................................................................
** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
**
** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
** is the same as executing Halt.
*/
case OP_Halt: {


















  p->rc = pOp->p1;
  p->pc = pc;
  p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2;

  if( pOp->p4.z ){
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
  }
  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK );
  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
    p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
................................................................................
** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2
** and store the result in register P3.
** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
** and store the result in register P3.  If the value in register P2
** is zero, then the result is NULL.
** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Compute the remainder after integer division of the value in
** register P1 by the value in register P2 and store the result in P3. 
** If the value in register P2 is zero the result is NULL.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
................................................................................
case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SetNumColumns * P2 * * *
**
** This opcode sets the number of columns for the cursor opened by the
** following instruction to P2.
**
** An OP_SetNumColumns is only useful if it occurs immediately before 
** one of the following opcodes:
**
**     OpenRead
**     OpenWrite
**     OpenPseudo
**
** If the OP_Column opcode is to be executed on a cursor, then
** this opcode must be present immediately before the opcode that
** opens the cursor.
*/
#if 0
case OP_SetNumColumns: {
  break;
}
#endif

/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
** information about the format of the data.)  Extract the P2-th column
** from this record.  If there are less that (P2+1) 
** values in the record, extract a NULL.
**
** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
**
** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL.  Or,
** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
** the result.





*/
case OP_Column: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.am */
  u32 payloadSize;   /* Number of bytes in the record */
  i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */
  int p1;            /* P1 value of the opcode */
  int p2;            /* column number to retrieve */
................................................................................
  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
  u8 *zIdx;          /* Index into header */
  u8 *zEndHdr;       /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
  u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
  u64 offset64;      /* 64-bit offset.  64 bits needed to catch overflow */
  int szHdr;         /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
  int avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */

#endif /* local variables moved into u.am */


  u.am.p1 = pOp->p1;
  u.am.p2 = pOp->p2;
  u.am.pC = 0;
  memset(&u.am.sMem, 0, sizeof(u.am.sMem));
................................................................................
      assert( (u.am.payloadSize64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)u.am.payloadSize64 );
      u.am.payloadSize = (u32)u.am.payloadSize64;
    }else{
      assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.am.pCrsr) );
      rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.payloadSize);
      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* DataSize() cannot fail */
    }
  }else if( u.am.pC->pseudoTable ){
    /* The record is the sole entry of a pseudo-table */

    u.am.payloadSize = u.am.pC->nData;
    u.am.zRec = u.am.pC->pData;
    u.am.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    assert( u.am.payloadSize==0 || u.am.zRec!=0 );
  }else{
    /* Consider the row to be NULL */
    u.am.payloadSize = 0;
  }

  /* If u.am.payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL */
................................................................................
  }
  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  pOut->u.i = u.ap.nEntry;
  break;
}
#endif

/* Opcode: Statement P1 * * * *
**
** Begin an individual statement transaction which is part of a larger
** transaction.  This is needed so that the statement
** can be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
** entire transaction.  The statement transaction will automatically
** commit when the VDBE halts.
**
** If the database connection is currently in autocommit mode (that 
** is to say, if it is in between BEGIN and COMMIT)
** and if there are no other active statements on the same database
** connection, then this operation is a no-op.  No statement transaction
** is needed since any error can use the normal ROLLBACK process to
** undo changes.
**
** If a statement transaction is started, then a statement journal file
** will be allocated and initialized.
**
** The statement is begun on the database file with index P1.  The main
** database file has an index of 0 and the file used for temporary tables
** has an index of 1.
*/
case OP_Statement: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.aq */
  Btree *pBt;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.aq */
  if( db->autoCommit==0 || db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
    assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
    assert( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt!=0 );
    u.aq.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
    assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(u.aq.pBt) );
    assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
    if( p->iStatement==0 ){
      assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 );
      db->nStatement++;
      p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement;
    }
    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(u.aq.pBt, p->iStatement);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 *
**
** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending
** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an
** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2.
*/
case OP_Savepoint: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ar */
  int p1;                         /* Value of P1 operand */
  char *zName;                    /* Name of savepoint */
  int nName;
  Savepoint *pNew;
  Savepoint *pSavepoint;
  Savepoint *pTmp;
  int iSavepoint;
  int ii;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ar */

  u.ar.p1 = pOp->p1;
  u.ar.zName = pOp->p4.z;

  /* Assert that the u.ar.p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open
  ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints.
  */
  assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 );
  assert( u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
  assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 );
  assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );

  if( u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){
    if( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 ){
      /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write
      ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles).
      */
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot open savepoint - "
        "SQL statements in progress");
      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
    }else{
      u.ar.nName = sqlite3Strlen30(u.ar.zName);

      /* Create a new savepoint structure. */
      u.ar.pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+u.ar.nName+1);
      if( u.ar.pNew ){
        u.ar.pNew->zName = (char *)&u.ar.pNew[1];
        memcpy(u.ar.pNew->zName, u.ar.zName, u.ar.nName+1);

        /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special
        ** "transaction savepoint". */
        if( db->autoCommit ){
          db->autoCommit = 0;
          db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1;
        }else{
          db->nSavepoint++;
        }

        /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */
        u.ar.pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint;
        db->pSavepoint = u.ar.pNew;
      }
    }
  }else{
    u.ar.iSavepoint = 0;

    /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an
    ** an error is returned to the user.  */
    for(
      u.ar.pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint;
      u.ar.pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(u.ar.pSavepoint->zName, u.ar.zName);
      u.ar.pSavepoint = u.ar.pSavepoint->pNext
    ){
      u.ar.iSavepoint++;
    }
    if( !u.ar.pSavepoint ){
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "no such savepoint: %s", u.ar.zName);
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }else if(
        db->writeVdbeCnt>0 || (u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && db->activeVdbeCnt>1)
    ){
      /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are
      ** active write statements. It is not possible to rollback a savepoint
      ** if there are any active statements at all.
      */
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
        "cannot %s savepoint - SQL statements in progress",
        (u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ? "rollback": "release")
      );
      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
    }else{

      /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so,
      ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction
      ** is committed.
      */
      int isTransaction = u.ar.pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint;
      if( isTransaction && u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
        db->autoCommit = 1;
        if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
          p->pc = pc;
          db->autoCommit = 0;
          p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
          goto vdbe_return;
        }
        db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
        rc = p->rc;
      }else{
        u.ar.iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - u.ar.iSavepoint - 1;
        for(u.ar.ii=0; u.ar.ii<db->nDb; u.ar.ii++){
          rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[u.ar.ii].pBt, u.ar.p1, u.ar.iSavepoint);
          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
            goto abort_due_to_error;
          }
        }
        if( u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 ){
          sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
          sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
        }
      }

      /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all
      ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */
      while( db->pSavepoint!=u.ar.pSavepoint ){
        u.ar.pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
        db->pSavepoint = u.ar.pTmp->pNext;
        sqlite3DbFree(db, u.ar.pTmp);
        db->nSavepoint--;
      }

      /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on too */
      if( u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
        assert( u.ar.pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint );
        db->pSavepoint = u.ar.pSavepoint->pNext;
        sqlite3DbFree(db, u.ar.pSavepoint);
        if( !isTransaction ){
          db->nSavepoint--;
        }
      }
    }
  }

................................................................................
** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
** VMs (apart from this one), then a ROLLBACK fails.  A COMMIT fails if
** there are active writing VMs or active VMs that use shared cache.
**
** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
*/
case OP_AutoCommit: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.as */
  int desiredAutoCommit;
  int iRollback;
  int turnOnAC;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.as */

  u.as.desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1;
  u.as.iRollback = pOp->p2;
  u.as.turnOnAC = u.as.desiredAutoCommit && !db->autoCommit;
  assert( u.as.desiredAutoCommit==1 || u.as.desiredAutoCommit==0 );
  assert( u.as.desiredAutoCommit==1 || u.as.iRollback==0 );
  assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 );  /* At least this one VM is active */

  if( u.as.turnOnAC && u.as.iRollback && db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
    /* If this instruction implements a ROLLBACK and other VMs are
    ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
    ** that the other VMs must complete first.
    */
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot rollback transaction - "
        "SQL statements in progress");
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }else if( u.as.turnOnAC && !u.as.iRollback && db->writeVdbeCnt>0 ){
    /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing
    ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first.
    */
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot commit transaction - "
        "SQL statements in progress");
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }else if( u.as.desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){
    if( u.as.iRollback ){
      assert( u.as.desiredAutoCommit==1 );
      sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
      db->autoCommit = 1;
    }else{
      db->autoCommit = (u8)u.as.desiredAutoCommit;
      if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
        p->pc = pc;
        db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-u.as.desiredAutoCommit);
        p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
        goto vdbe_return;
      }
    }
    assert( db->nStatement==0 );
    sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
    goto vdbe_return;
  }else{
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
        (!u.as.desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
        (u.as.iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
                   "cannot commit - no transaction is active"));

    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  break;
}

................................................................................
** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started.  A RESERVED lock is
** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started.  No
** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is
** underway.  Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A
** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the
** database.  If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained
** on the file.










**
** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file.
*/
case OP_Transaction: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.at */
  Btree *pBt;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.at */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  u.at.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;

  if( u.at.pBt ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(u.at.pBt, pOp->p2);
    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
      p->pc = pc;
      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
      goto vdbe_return;
    }
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_READONLY /* && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY */ ){
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }












  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.
................................................................................
** temporary tables.
**
** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
** executing this instruction.
*/
case OP_ReadCookie: {               /* out2-prerelease */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.au */
  int iMeta;
  int iDb;
  int iCookie;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.au */

  u.au.iDb = pOp->p1;
  u.au.iCookie = pOp->p3;
  assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
  assert( u.au.iDb>=0 && u.au.iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( db->aDb[u.au.iDb].pBt!=0 );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<u.au.iDb))!=0 );

  sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[u.au.iDb].pBt, u.au.iCookie, (u32 *)&u.au.iMeta);
  pOut->u.i = u.au.iMeta;
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
................................................................................
** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache 
** size, and so forth.  P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the 
** database file used to store temporary tables.
**
** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
*/
case OP_SetCookie: {       /* in3 */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.av */
  Db *pDb;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.av */
  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  u.av.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.av.pDb->pBt!=0 );
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
  /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
  rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(u.av.pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i);
  if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){
    /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
    u.av.pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = (int)pIn3->u.i;
    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
  }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){
    /* Record changes in the file format */
    u.av.pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)pIn3->u.i;
  }
  if( pOp->p1==1 ){
    /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
    ** schema is changed.  Ticket #1644 */
    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
  }
  break;
................................................................................
** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.
**
** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs
** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is
** invoked.
*/
case OP_VerifyCookie: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.aw */
  int iMeta;
  Btree *pBt;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.aw */
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  u.aw.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
  if( u.aw.pBt ){
    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(u.aw.pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&u.aw.iMeta);
  }else{
    u.aw.iMeta = 0;
  }
  if( u.aw.iMeta!=pOp->p2 ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
    /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie
    ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
    ** not reload the schema from the database file.
    **
    ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization.
................................................................................
    ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using
    ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
    ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
    ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
    ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within
    ** a v-table method.
    */
    if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=u.aw.iMeta ){
      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, pOp->p1);
    }

    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
    rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
  }
  break;
................................................................................
** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
**
** See also OpenRead.
*/
case OP_OpenRead:
case OP_OpenWrite: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ax */
  int nField;
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
  int p2;
  int iDb;
  int wrFlag;
  Btree *pX;
  VdbeCursor *pCur;
  Db *pDb;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ax */

  u.ax.nField = 0;
  u.ax.pKeyInfo = 0;
  u.ax.p2 = pOp->p2;
  u.ax.iDb = pOp->p3;
  assert( u.ax.iDb>=0 && u.ax.iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<u.ax.iDb))!=0 );
  u.ax.pDb = &db->aDb[u.ax.iDb];
  u.ax.pX = u.ax.pDb->pBt;
  assert( u.ax.pX!=0 );
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
    u.ax.wrFlag = 1;
    if( u.ax.pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
      p->minWriteFileFormat = u.ax.pDb->pSchema->file_format;
    }
  }else{
    u.ax.wrFlag = 0;
  }
  if( pOp->p5 ){
    assert( u.ax.p2>0 );
    assert( u.ax.p2<=p->nMem );
    pIn2 = &p->aMem[u.ax.p2];
    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
    u.ax.p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i;
    /* The u.ax.p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and
    ** that opcode will always set the u.ax.p2 value to 2 or more or else fail.
    ** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted
    ** before reaching this instruction. */
    if( NEVER(u.ax.p2<2) ) {
      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }
  }
  if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){
    u.ax.pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
    u.ax.pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
    u.ax.nField = u.ax.pKeyInfo->nField+1;
  }else if( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ){
    u.ax.nField = pOp->p4.i;
  }
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
  u.ax.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, u.ax.nField, u.ax.iDb, 1);
  if( u.ax.pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
  u.ax.pCur->nullRow = 1;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ax.pX, u.ax.p2, u.ax.wrFlag, u.ax.pKeyInfo, u.ax.pCur->pCursor);
  u.ax.pCur->pKeyInfo = u.ax.pKeyInfo;

  /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only values that
  ** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return are SQLITE_EMPTY and SQLITE_OK.
  ** SQLITE_EMPTY is only returned when attempting to open the table
  ** rooted at page 1 of a zero-byte database.  */
  assert( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY || rc==SQLITE_OK );
  if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){
    u.ax.pCur->pCursor = 0;
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable and isIndex variables. Previous versions of
  ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point
  ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has
  ** since moved into the btree layer.  */
  u.ax.pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
  u.ax.pCur->isIndex = !u.ax.pCur->isTable;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 *
**
** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
** The cursor is always opened read/write even if 
................................................................................
** This opcode was once called OpenTemp.  But that created
** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either
** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by
** this opcode.  Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual.  But
** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea.
*/
case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ay */
  VdbeCursor *pCx;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ay */
  static const int openFlags =
      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
  u.ay.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
  if( u.ay.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
  u.ay.pCx->nullRow = 1;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 1, SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE, openFlags,
                           &u.ay.pCx->pBt);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(u.ay.pCx->pBt, 1);
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
    ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_ZERODATA flag before
    ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
    ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an INTKEY table).
    */
    if( pOp->p4.pKeyInfo ){
      int pgno;
      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.ay.pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_ZERODATA);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
        rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ay.pCx->pBt, pgno, 1,
                                (KeyInfo*)pOp->p4.z, u.ay.pCx->pCursor);
        u.ay.pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
        u.ay.pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
      }
      u.ay.pCx->isTable = 0;
    }else{
      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ay.pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, u.ay.pCx->pCursor);
      u.ay.pCx->isTable = 1;
    }
  }
  u.ay.pCx->isIndex = !u.ay.pCx->isTable;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
** row of data.  Any attempt to write a second row of data causes the
** first row to be deleted.  All data is deleted when the cursor is
** closed.
**
** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is useful for holding the
** NEW or OLD tables in a trigger.  Also used to hold the a single
** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.
**
** When OP_Insert is executed to insert a row in to the pseudo table,
** the pseudo-table cursor may or may not make it's own copy of the
** original row data. If P2 is 0, then the pseudo-table will copy the
** original row data. Otherwise, a pointer to the original memory cell
** is stored. In this case, the vdbe program must ensure that the 
** memory cell containing the row data is not overwritten until the
** pseudo table is closed (or a new row is inserted into it).

**
** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by
** the pseudo-table.
*/
case OP_OpenPseudo: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.az */
  VdbeCursor *pCx;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.az */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
  u.az.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0);
  if( u.az.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
  u.az.pCx->nullRow = 1;
  u.az.pCx->pseudoTable = 1;
  u.az.pCx->ephemPseudoTable = (u8)pOp->p2;
  u.az.pCx->isTable = 1;
  u.az.pCx->isIndex = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
**
** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
................................................................................
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
*/
case OP_SeekLt:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekLe:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekGe:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekGt: {       /* jump, in3 */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ba */
  int res;
  int oc;
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  UnpackedRecord r;
  int nField;
  i64 iKey;      /* The rowid we are to seek to */
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ba */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  assert( pOp->p2!=0 );
  u.ba.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.ba.pC!=0 );

  if( u.ba.pC->pCursor!=0 ){
    u.ba.oc = pOp->opcode;
    u.ba.pC->nullRow = 0;
    if( u.ba.pC->isTable ){
      /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
      ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
      ** the seek, so covert it. */
      applyNumericAffinity(pIn3);
      u.ba.iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
      u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;

      /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
      ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
        if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
          /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number,
          ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */
................................................................................
          pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
          break;
        }
        /* If we reach this point, then the P3 value must be a floating
        ** point number. */
        assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)!=0 );

        if( u.ba.iKey==SMALLEST_INT64 && (pIn3->r<(double)u.ba.iKey || pIn3->r>0) ){
          /* The P3 value is too large in magnitude to be expressed as an
          ** integer. */
          u.ba.res = 1;
          if( pIn3->r<0 ){
            if( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGt || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGe ){
              rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.ba.pC->pCursor, &u.ba.res);
              if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
            }
          }else{
            if( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLe ){
              rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.ba.pC->pCursor, &u.ba.res);
              if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
            }
          }
          if( u.ba.res ){
            pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
          }
          break;
        }else if( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGe ){
          /* Use the ceiling() function to convert real->int */
          if( pIn3->r > (double)u.ba.iKey ) u.ba.iKey++;
        }else{
          /* Use the floor() function to convert real->int */
          assert( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLe || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGt );
          if( pIn3->r < (double)u.ba.iKey ) u.ba.iKey--;
        }
      }
      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.ba.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.ba.iKey, 0, &u.ba.res);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }
      if( u.ba.res==0 ){
        u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 1;
        u.ba.pC->lastRowid = u.ba.iKey;
      }
    }else{
      u.ba.nField = pOp->p4.i;
      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
      assert( u.ba.nField>0 );
      u.ba.r.pKeyInfo = u.ba.pC->pKeyInfo;
      u.ba.r.nField = (u16)u.ba.nField;
      if( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGt || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLe ){
        u.ba.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY;
      }else{
        u.ba.r.flags = 0;
      }
      u.ba.r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.ba.pC->pCursor, &u.ba.r, 0, 0, &u.ba.res);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }
      u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
    }
    u.ba.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    u.ba.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
    if( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGt ){
      if( u.ba.res<0 || (u.ba.res==0 && u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGt) ){
        rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(u.ba.pC->pCursor, &u.ba.res);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
        u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
      }else{
        u.ba.res = 0;
      }
    }else{
      assert( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLe );
      if( u.ba.res>0 || (u.ba.res==0 && u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLt) ){
        rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(u.ba.pC->pCursor, &u.ba.res);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
        u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
      }else{
        /* u.ba.res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
        ** see if this is the case.
        */
        u.ba.res = sqlite3BtreeEof(u.ba.pC->pCursor);
      }
    }
    assert( pOp->p2>0 );
    if( u.ba.res ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    }
  }else{
    /* This happens when attempting to open the sqlite3_master table
    ** for read access returns SQLITE_EMPTY. In this case always
    ** take the jump (since there are no records in the table).
    */
    assert( u.ba.pC->pseudoTable==0 );
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * *
**
................................................................................
** for P1 to move so that it points to the rowid given by P2.
**
** This is actually a deferred seek.  Nothing actually happens until
** the cursor is used to read a record.  That way, if no reads
** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens.
*/
case OP_Seek: {    /* in2 */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bb */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bb */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bb.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bb.pC!=0 );
  if( ALWAYS(u.bb.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
    assert( u.bb.pC->isTable );
    u.bb.pC->nullRow = 0;
    u.bb.pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
    u.bb.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
    u.bb.pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
  }
  break;
}
  

/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 * *
**
................................................................................
** to P2.  If an entry does existing, fall through.  The cursor is left
** pointing to the entry that matches.
**
** See also: Found, NotExists, IsUnique
*/
case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bc */
  int alreadyExists;
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  int res;
  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
  char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7];
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bc */

  u.bc.alreadyExists = 0;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bc.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bc.pC!=0 );
  if( ALWAYS(u.bc.pC->pCursor!=0) ){

    assert( u.bc.pC->isTable==0 );
    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
    ExpandBlob(pIn3);
    u.bc.pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(u.bc.pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z,
                                      u.bc.aTempRec, sizeof(u.bc.aTempRec));
    if( u.bc.pIdxKey==0 ){
      goto no_mem;
    }
    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
      u.bc.pIdxKey->flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH;
    }
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bc.pC->pCursor, u.bc.pIdxKey, 0, 0, &u.bc.res);
    sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(u.bc.pIdxKey);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      break;
    }
    u.bc.alreadyExists = (u.bc.res==0);
    u.bc.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    u.bc.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  }
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
    if( u.bc.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }else{
    if( !u.bc.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
** Cursor P1 is open on an index.  So it has no data and its key consists 
................................................................................
** to instruction P2. Otherwise, the rowid of the conflicting index
** entry is copied to register P3 and control falls through to the next
** instruction.
**
** See also: NotFound, NotExists, Found
*/
case OP_IsUnique: {        /* jump, in3 */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bd */
  u16 ii;
  VdbeCursor *pCx;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  u16 nField;
  Mem *aMem;
  UnpackedRecord r;                  /* B-Tree index search key */
  i64 R;                             /* Rowid stored in register P3 */
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bd */

  u.bd.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p4.i];
  /* Assert that the values of parameters P1 and P4 are in range. */
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  assert( pOp->p4.i>0 && pOp->p4.i<=p->nMem );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );

  /* Find the index cursor. */
  u.bd.pCx = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bd.pCx->deferredMoveto==0 );
  u.bd.pCx->seekResult = 0;
  u.bd.pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  u.bd.pCrsr = u.bd.pCx->pCursor;

  /* If any of the values are NULL, take the jump. */
  u.bd.nField = u.bd.pCx->pKeyInfo->nField;
  for(u.bd.ii=0; u.bd.ii<u.bd.nField; u.bd.ii++){
    if( u.bd.aMem[u.bd.ii].flags & MEM_Null ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      u.bd.pCrsr = 0;
      break;
    }
  }
  assert( (u.bd.aMem[u.bd.nField].flags & MEM_Null)==0 );

  if( u.bd.pCrsr!=0 ){
    /* Populate the index search key. */
    u.bd.r.pKeyInfo = u.bd.pCx->pKeyInfo;
    u.bd.r.nField = u.bd.nField + 1;
    u.bd.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH;
    u.bd.r.aMem = u.bd.aMem;

    /* Extract the value of u.bd.R from register P3. */
    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
    u.bd.R = pIn3->u.i;

    /* Search the B-Tree index. If no conflicting record is found, jump
    ** to P2. Otherwise, copy the rowid of the conflicting record to
    ** register P3 and fall through to the next instruction.  */
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bd.pCrsr, &u.bd.r, 0, 0, &u.bd.pCx->seekResult);
    if( (u.bd.r.flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) || u.bd.r.rowid==u.bd.R ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    }else{
      pIn3->u.i = u.bd.r.rowid;
    }
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
**
................................................................................
** operation assumes the key is an integer and that P1 is a table whereas
** NotFound assumes key is a blob constructed from MakeRecord and
** P1 is an index.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, IsUnique
*/
case OP_NotExists: {        /* jump, in3 */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.be */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;
  u64 iKey;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.be */

  assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.be.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.be.pC!=0 );
  assert( u.be.pC->isTable );

  u.be.pCrsr = u.be.pC->pCursor;
  if( u.be.pCrsr!=0 ){
    u.be.res = 0;
    u.be.iKey = pIn3->u.i;
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.be.pCrsr, 0, u.be.iKey, 0, &u.be.res);
    u.be.pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i;
    u.be.pC->rowidIsValid = u.be.res==0 ?1:0;
    u.be.pC->nullRow = 0;
    u.be.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    u.be.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    if( u.be.res!=0 ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      assert( u.be.pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
    }
    u.be.pC->seekResult = u.be.res;
  }else{
    /* This happens when an attempt to open a read cursor on the
    ** sqlite_master table returns SQLITE_EMPTY.
    */
    assert( !u.be.pC->pseudoTable );
    assert( u.be.pC->isTable );
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    assert( u.be.pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
    u.be.pC->seekResult = 0;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
**
** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
................................................................................
/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
** table that cursor P1 points to.  The new record number is written
** written to register P2.
**
** If P3>0 then P3 is a register that holds the largest previously
** generated record number.  No new record numbers are allowed to be less
** than this value.  When this value reaches its maximum, a SQLITE_FULL
** error is generated.  The P3 register is updated with the generated
** record number.  This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
*/
case OP_NewRowid: {           /* out2-prerelease */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bf */
  i64 v;                 /* The new rowid */
  VdbeCursor *pC;        /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
  int res;               /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
  int cnt;               /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
  Mem *pMem;             /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */

#endif /* local variables moved into u.bf */

  u.bf.v = 0;
  u.bf.res = 0;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bf.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bf.pC!=0 );
  if( NEVER(u.bf.pC->pCursor==0) ){
    /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
  }else{
    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
    ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
    **
    ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
    ** to that.  But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
................................................................................
    ** probabilistic algorithm
    **
    ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
    ** it already exists in the table.  If it does not exist, we have
    ** succeeded.  If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
    ** and try again, up to 100 times.
    */
    assert( u.bf.pC->isTable );
    u.bf.cnt = 0;

#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
#   define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff
#else
    /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff.
    ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL.  The following macro seems
    ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy.
    */
#   define MAX_ROWID  (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff )
#endif

    if( !u.bf.pC->useRandomRowid ){
      u.bf.v = sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(u.bf.pC->pCursor);
      if( u.bf.v==0 ){
        rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.bf.pC->pCursor, &u.bf.res);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
          goto abort_due_to_error;
        }
        if( u.bf.res ){
          u.bf.v = 1;
        }else{
          assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.bf.pC->pCursor) );
          rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bf.pC->pCursor, &u.bf.v);
          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* Cannot fail following BtreeLast() */
          if( u.bf.v==MAX_ROWID ){
            u.bf.pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
          }else{
            u.bf.v++;
          }
        }
      }

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
      if( pOp->p3 ){
        assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); /* P3 is a valid memory cell */









        u.bf.pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];


	REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.bf.pMem);
        sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.bf.pMem);
        assert( (u.bf.pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );  /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
        if( u.bf.pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || u.bf.pC->useRandomRowid ){
          rc = SQLITE_FULL;
          goto abort_due_to_error;
        }
        if( u.bf.v<u.bf.pMem->u.i+1 ){
          u.bf.v = u.bf.pMem->u.i + 1;
        }
        u.bf.pMem->u.i = u.bf.v;
      }
#endif

      sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bf.pC->pCursor, u.bf.v<MAX_ROWID ? u.bf.v+1 : 0);
    }
    if( u.bf.pC->useRandomRowid ){
      assert( pOp->p3==0 );  /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is
                             ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */
      u.bf.v = db->lastRowid;
      u.bf.cnt = 0;
      do{
        if( u.bf.cnt==0 && (u.bf.v&0xffffff)==u.bf.v ){
          u.bf.v++;
        }else{
          sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(u.bf.v), &u.bf.v);
          if( u.bf.cnt<5 ) u.bf.v &= 0xffffff;
        }
        rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bf.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.bf.v, 0, &u.bf.res);
        u.bf.cnt++;
      }while( u.bf.cnt<100 && rc==SQLITE_OK && u.bf.res==0 );
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.bf.res==0 ){
        rc = SQLITE_FULL;
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }
    }
    u.bf.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
    u.bf.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    u.bf.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  }
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
  pOut->u.i = u.bf.v;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value stored register
** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must
** be an integer.
**
** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is
** incremented (otherwise not).  If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set,
** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified).













**
** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or
** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook 
** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert.
**
** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor
................................................................................
** value of register P2 will then change.  Make sure this does not
** cause any problems.)
**
** This instruction only works on tables.  The equivalent instruction
** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
*/
case OP_Insert: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bg */
  Mem *pData;
  Mem *pKey;
  i64 iKey;   /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  int nZero;
  int seekResult;
  const char *zDb;
  const char *zTbl;
  int op;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bg */

  u.bg.pData = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
  u.bg.pKey = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bg.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bg.pC!=0 );
  assert( u.bg.pC->pCursor!=0 || u.bg.pC->pseudoTable );

  assert( u.bg.pKey->flags & MEM_Int );
  assert( u.bg.pC->isTable );
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, u.bg.pData);
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.bg.pKey);

  u.bg.iKey = u.bg.pKey->u.i;
  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = u.bg.pKey->u.i;
  if( u.bg.pData->flags & MEM_Null ){
    u.bg.pData->z = 0;
    u.bg.pData->n = 0;
  }else{
    assert( u.bg.pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
  }
  if( u.bg.pC->pseudoTable ){
    if( !u.bg.pC->ephemPseudoTable ){
      sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bg.pC->pData);
    }
    u.bg.pC->iKey = u.bg.iKey;
    u.bg.pC->nData = u.bg.pData->n;
    if( u.bg.pC->ephemPseudoTable || u.bg.pData->z==u.bg.pData->zMalloc ){
      u.bg.pC->pData = u.bg.pData->z;
      if( !u.bg.pC->ephemPseudoTable ){
        u.bg.pData->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
        u.bg.pData->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
        u.bg.pData->zMalloc = 0;
      }
    }else{
      u.bg.pC->pData = sqlite3Malloc( u.bg.pC->nData+2 );
      if( !u.bg.pC->pData ) goto no_mem;
      memcpy(u.bg.pC->pData, u.bg.pData->z, u.bg.pC->nData);
      u.bg.pC->pData[u.bg.pC->nData] = 0;
      u.bg.pC->pData[u.bg.pC->nData+1] = 0;
    }
    u.bg.pC->nullRow = 0;
  }else{
    u.bg.seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.bg.pC->seekResult : 0);
    if( u.bg.pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){
      u.bg.nZero = u.bg.pData->u.nZero;
    }else{
      u.bg.nZero = 0;
    }
    sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bg.pC->pCursor, 0);
    rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(u.bg.pC->pCursor, 0, u.bg.iKey,
                            u.bg.pData->z, u.bg.pData->n, u.bg.nZero,

                            pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND, u.bg.seekResult
    );
  }

  u.bg.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  u.bg.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  u.bg.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;

  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
    u.bg.zDb = db->aDb[u.bg.pC->iDb].zName;
    u.bg.zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
    u.bg.op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT);
    assert( u.bg.pC->isTable );
    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, u.bg.op, u.bg.zDb, u.bg.zTbl, u.bg.iKey);
    assert( u.bg.pC->iDb>=0 );
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 *
**
** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
................................................................................
**
** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is
** pointing to.  The update hook will be invoked, if it exists.
** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned
** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode.
*/
case OP_Delete: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bh */
  i64 iKey;
  VdbeCursor *pC;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bh */

  u.bh.iKey = 0;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bh.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bh.pC!=0 );
  assert( u.bh.pC->pCursor!=0 );  /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */

  /* If the update-hook will be invoked, set u.bh.iKey to the rowid of the
  ** row being deleted.
  */
  if( db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
    assert( u.bh.pC->isTable );
    assert( u.bh.pC->rowidIsValid );  /* lastRowid set by previous OP_NotFound */
    u.bh.iKey = u.bh.pC->lastRowid;
  }

  /* The OP_Delete opcode always follows an OP_NotExists or OP_Last or
  ** OP_Column on the same table without any intervening operations that
  ** might move or invalidate the cursor.  Hence cursor u.bh.pC is always pointing
  ** to the row to be deleted and the sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() operation
  ** below is always a no-op and cannot fail.  We will run it anyhow, though,
  ** to guard against future changes to the code generator.
  **/
  assert( u.bh.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bh.pC);
  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error;

  sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bh.pC->pCursor, 0);
  rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(u.bh.pC->pCursor);
  u.bh.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;

  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
    const char *zDb = db->aDb[u.bh.pC->iDb].zName;
    const char *zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, u.bh.iKey);
    assert( u.bh.pC->iDb>=0 );
  }
  if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ResetCount P1 * *
**
** This opcode resets the VMs internal change counter to 0. If P1 is true,
** then the value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes())

** before it is reset. This is used by trigger programs.
*/
case OP_ResetCount: {
  if( pOp->p1 ){
    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
  }
  p->nChange = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * *
**
** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1.
................................................................................
** it is found in the database file.
**
** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
*/
case OP_RowKey:
case OP_RowData: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bi */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  u32 n;
  i64 n64;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bi */

  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];

  /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bi.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bi.pC->isTable || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey );
  assert( u.bi.pC->isIndex || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData );
  assert( u.bi.pC!=0 );
  assert( u.bi.pC->nullRow==0 );
  assert( u.bi.pC->pseudoTable==0 );
  assert( u.bi.pC->pCursor!=0 );
  u.bi.pCrsr = u.bi.pC->pCursor;
  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.bi.pCrsr) );

  /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or
  ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate
  ** the cursor.  Hence the following sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() call is always
  ** a no-op and can never fail.  But we leave it in place as a safety.
  */
  assert( u.bi.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bi.pC);
  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error;

  if( u.bi.pC->isIndex ){
    assert( !u.bi.pC->isTable );
    rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bi.pCrsr, &u.bi.n64);
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
    if( u.bi.n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
      goto too_big;
    }
    u.bi.n = (u32)u.bi.n64;
  }else{
    rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(u.bi.pCrsr, &u.bi.n);
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* DataSize() cannot fail */
    if( u.bi.n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
      goto too_big;
    }
  }
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, u.bi.n, 0) ){
    goto no_mem;
  }
  pOut->n = u.bi.n;
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
  if( u.bi.pC->isIndex ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(u.bi.pCrsr, 0, u.bi.n, pOut->z);
  }else{
    rc = sqlite3BtreeData(u.bi.pCrsr, 0, u.bi.n, pOut->z);
  }
  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
................................................................................
** P1 is currently point to.
**
** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table.  There used to
** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this
** one opcode now works for both table types.
*/
case OP_Rowid: {                 /* out2-prerelease */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bj */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  i64 v;
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bj */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bj.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bj.pC!=0 );

  if( u.bj.pC->nullRow ){
    /* Do nothing so that reg[P2] remains NULL */
    break;
  }else if( u.bj.pC->deferredMoveto ){
    u.bj.v = u.bj.pC->movetoTarget;
  }else if( u.bj.pC->pseudoTable ){
    u.bj.v = u.bj.pC->iKey;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  }else if( u.bj.pC->pVtabCursor ){
    u.bj.pVtab = u.bj.pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
    u.bj.pModule = u.bj.pVtab->pModule;
    assert( u.bj.pModule->xRowid );
    if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
    rc = u.bj.pModule->xRowid(u.bj.pC->pVtabCursor, &u.bj.v);

    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
    p->zErrMsg = u.bj.pVtab->zErrMsg;
    u.bj.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
    if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
  }else{
    assert( u.bj.pC->pCursor!=0 );
    rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bj.pC);
    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
    if( u.bj.pC->rowidIsValid ){
      u.bj.v = u.bj.pC->lastRowid;
    }else{
      rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bj.pC->pCursor, &u.bj.v);
      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );  /* Always so because of CursorMoveto() above */
    }
  }
  pOut->u.i = u.bj.v;
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
**
** Move the cursor P1 to a null row.  Any OP_Column operations
** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always
** write a NULL.
*/
case OP_NullRow: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bk */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bk */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bk.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bk.pC!=0 );
  u.bk.pC->nullRow = 1;
  u.bk.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  if( u.bk.pC->pCursor ){
    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(u.bk.pC->pCursor);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.
*/
case OP_Last: {        /* jump */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bl */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bl */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bl.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bl.pC!=0 );
  u.bl.pCrsr = u.bl.pC->pCursor;
  if( u.bl.pCrsr==0 ){
    u.bl.res = 1;
  }else{
    rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.bl.pCrsr, &u.bl.res);
  }
  u.bl.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bl.res;
  u.bl.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  u.bl.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  u.bl.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  if( pOp->p2>0 && u.bl.res ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}


/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
................................................................................
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.
*/
case OP_Rewind: {        /* jump */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bm */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bm */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bm.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bm.pC!=0 );
  if( (u.bm.pCrsr = u.bm.pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.bm.pCrsr, &u.bm.res);
    u.bm.pC->atFirst = u.bm.res==0 ?1:0;
    u.bm.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    u.bm.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    u.bm.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  }else{
    u.bm.res = 1;
  }
  u.bm.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bm.res;
  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
  if( u.bm.res ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * * *
**
................................................................................
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
**
** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
*/
case OP_Prev:          /* jump */
case OP_Next: {        /* jump */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bn */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bn */

  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bn.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  if( u.bn.pC==0 ){
    break;  /* See ticket #2273 */
  }
  u.bn.pCrsr = u.bn.pC->pCursor;
  if( u.bn.pCrsr==0 ){
    u.bn.pC->nullRow = 1;
    break;
  }
  u.bn.res = 1;
  assert( u.bn.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
  rc = pOp->opcode==OP_Next ? sqlite3BtreeNext(u.bn.pCrsr, &u.bn.res) :
                              sqlite3BtreePrevious(u.bn.pCrsr, &u.bn.res);
  u.bn.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bn.res;
  u.bn.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  if( u.bn.res==0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    if( pOp->p5 ) p->aCounter[pOp->p5-1]++;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
  }
  u.bn.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5
**
** Register P2 holds a SQL index key made using the
** MakeRecord instructions.  This opcode writes that key
................................................................................
** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
** insert is likely to be an append.
**
** This instruction only works for indices.  The equivalent instruction
** for tables is OP_Insert.
*/
case OP_IdxInsert: {        /* in2 */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bo */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int nKey;
  const char *zKey;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bo */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bo.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bo.pC!=0 );
  assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
  u.bo.pCrsr = u.bo.pC->pCursor;
  if( ALWAYS(u.bo.pCrsr!=0) ){
    assert( u.bo.pC->isTable==0 );
    rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      u.bo.nKey = pIn2->n;
      u.bo.zKey = pIn2->z;
      rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(u.bo.pCrsr, u.bo.zKey, u.bo.nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3,
          ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.bo.pC->seekResult : 0)
      );
      assert( u.bo.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
      u.bo.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    }
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the 
** index opened by cursor P1.
*/
case OP_IdxDelete: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bp */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;
  UnpackedRecord r;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bp */

  assert( pOp->p3>0 );
  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=p->nMem+1 );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bp.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bp.pC!=0 );
  u.bp.pCrsr = u.bp.pC->pCursor;
  if( ALWAYS(u.bp.pCrsr!=0) ){
    u.bp.r.pKeyInfo = u.bp.pC->pKeyInfo;
    u.bp.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3;
    u.bp.r.flags = 0;
    u.bp.r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bp.pCrsr, &u.bp.r, 0, 0, &u.bp.res);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.bp.res==0 ){
      rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(u.bp.pCrsr);
    }
    assert( u.bp.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
    u.bp.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * *
**
** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1.  This integer should be
** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
**
** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord.
*/
case OP_IdxRowid: {              /* out2-prerelease */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bq */
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  i64 rowid;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bq */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bq.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bq.pC!=0 );
  u.bq.pCrsr = u.bq.pC->pCursor;
  if( ALWAYS(u.bq.pCrsr!=0) ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bq.pC);
    if( NEVER(rc) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
    assert( u.bq.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
    assert( u.bq.pC->isTable==0 );
    if( !u.bq.pC->nullRow ){
      rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, u.bq.pCrsr, &u.bq.rowid);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }
      MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
      pOut->u.i = u.bq.rowid;
    }
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
................................................................................
** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
**
** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon prior 
** to the comparison.  This makes the opcode work like IdxLE.
*/
case OP_IdxLT:          /* jump, in3 */
case OP_IdxGE: {        /* jump, in3 */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.br */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  int res;
  UnpackedRecord r;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.br */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.br.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.br.pC!=0 );
  if( ALWAYS(u.br.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
    assert( u.br.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
    assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 );
    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
    u.br.r.pKeyInfo = u.br.pC->pKeyInfo;
    u.br.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
    if( pOp->p5 ){
      u.br.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY | UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID;
    }else{
      u.br.r.flags = UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID;
    }
    u.br.r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(u.br.pC, &u.br.r, &u.br.res);
    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ){
      u.br.res = -u.br.res;
    }else{
      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE );
      u.br.res++;
    }
    if( u.br.res>0 ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ;
    }
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * *
................................................................................
** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already 
** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
**
** See also: Clear
*/
case OP_Destroy: {     /* out2-prerelease */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bs */
  int iMoved;
  int iCnt;
  Vdbe *pVdbe;
  int iDb;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bs */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  u.bs.iCnt = 0;
  for(u.bs.pVdbe=db->pVdbe; u.bs.pVdbe; u.bs.pVdbe = u.bs.pVdbe->pNext){
    if( u.bs.pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && u.bs.pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && u.bs.pVdbe->pc>=0 ){
      u.bs.iCnt++;
    }
  }
#else
  u.bs.iCnt = db->activeVdbeCnt;
#endif
  if( u.bs.iCnt>1 ){
    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
  }else{
    u.bs.iDb = pOp->p3;
    assert( u.bs.iCnt==1 );
    assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<u.bs.iDb))!=0 );
    rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[u.bs.iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &u.bs.iMoved);
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
    pOut->u.i = u.bs.iMoved;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.bs.iMoved!=0 ){
      sqlite3RootPageMoved(&db->aDb[u.bs.iDb], u.bs.iMoved, pOp->p1);
    }
#endif
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3
................................................................................
** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. 
** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is
** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
**
** See also: Destroy
*/
case OP_Clear: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bt */
  int nChange;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bt */

  u.bt.nChange = 0;
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p2))!=0 );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(
      db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &u.bt.nChange : 0)
  );
  if( pOp->p3 ){
    p->nChange += u.bt.nChange;
    if( pOp->p3>0 ){
      p->aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += u.bt.nChange;
    }
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * *
**
................................................................................
** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
** register P2.
**
** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
*/
case OP_CreateIndex:            /* out2-prerelease */
case OP_CreateTable: {          /* out2-prerelease */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bu */
  int pgno;
  int flags;
  Db *pDb;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bu */

  u.bu.pgno = 0;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  u.bu.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bu.pDb->pBt!=0 );
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
    /* u.bu.flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
    u.bu.flags = BTREE_LEAFDATA|BTREE_INTKEY;
  }else{
    u.bu.flags = BTREE_ZERODATA;
  }
  rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.bu.pDb->pBt, &u.bu.pgno, u.bu.flags);
  pOut->u.i = u.bu.pgno;
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 P2 * P4 *
**
** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
................................................................................
** is false, the SQLITE_MASTER table is only parsed if the rest of the
** schema is already loaded into the symbol table.
**
** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
** then runs the new virtual machine.  It is thus a re-entrant opcode.
*/
case OP_ParseSchema: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bv */
  int iDb;
  const char *zMaster;
  char *zSql;
  InitData initData;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bv */

  u.bv.iDb = pOp->p1;
  assert( u.bv.iDb>=0 && u.bv.iDb<db->nDb );

  /* If pOp->p2 is 0, then this opcode is being executed to read a
  ** single row, for example the row corresponding to a new index
  ** created by this VDBE, from the sqlite_master table. It only
  ** does this if the corresponding in-memory schema is currently
  ** loaded. Otherwise, the new index definition can be loaded along
  ** with the rest of the schema when it is required.
  **
  ** Although the mutex on the BtShared object that corresponds to
  ** database u.bv.iDb (the database containing the sqlite_master table
  ** read by this instruction) is currently held, it is necessary to
  ** obtain the mutexes on all attached databases before checking if
  ** the schema of u.bv.iDb is loaded. This is because, at the start of
  ** the sqlite3_exec() call below, SQLite will invoke
  ** sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(). If all mutexes are not already held, the
  ** u.bv.iDb mutex may be temporarily released to avoid deadlock. If
  ** this happens, then some other thread may delete the in-memory
  ** schema of database u.bv.iDb before the SQL statement runs. The schema
  ** will not be reloaded becuase the db->init.busy flag is set. This
  ** can result in a "no such table: sqlite_master" or "malformed
  ** database schema" error being returned to the user.
  */
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[u.bv.iDb].pBt) );
  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
  if( pOp->p2 || DbHasProperty(db, u.bv.iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
    u.bv.zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(u.bv.iDb);
    u.bv.initData.db = db;
    u.bv.initData.iDb = pOp->p1;
    u.bv.initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
    u.bv.zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
       "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s",
       db->aDb[u.bv.iDb].zName, u.bv.zMaster, pOp->p4.z);
    if( u.bv.zSql==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
      assert( db->init.busy==0 );
      db->init.busy = 1;
      u.bv.initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, u.bv.zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &u.bv.initData, 0);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = u.bv.initData.rc;
      sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bv.zSql);
      db->init.busy = 0;
      (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
    }
  }
  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    goto no_mem;
................................................................................
**
** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
** file, not the main database file.
**
** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma.
*/
case OP_IntegrityCk: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bw */
  int nRoot;      /* Number of tables to check.  (Number of root pages.) */
  int *aRoot;     /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
  int j;          /* Loop counter */
  int nErr;       /* Number of errors reported */
  char *z;        /* Text of the error report */
  Mem *pnErr;     /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bw */

  u.bw.nRoot = pOp->p2;
  assert( u.bw.nRoot>0 );
  u.bw.aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(u.bw.nRoot+1) );
  if( u.bw.aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
  u.bw.pnErr = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
  assert( (u.bw.pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
  assert( (u.bw.pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
  pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
  for(u.bw.j=0; u.bw.j<u.bw.nRoot; u.bw.j++){
    u.bw.aRoot[u.bw.j] = (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue(&pIn1[u.bw.j]);
  }
  u.bw.aRoot[u.bw.j] = 0;
  assert( pOp->p5<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p5))!=0 );
  u.bw.z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, u.bw.aRoot, u.bw.nRoot,
                                 (int)u.bw.pnErr->u.i, &u.bw.nErr);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bw.aRoot);
  u.bw.pnErr->u.i -= u.bw.nErr;
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
  if( u.bw.nErr==0 ){
    assert( u.bw.z==0 );
  }else if( u.bw.z==0 ){
    goto no_mem;
  }else{
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, u.bw.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
  }
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding);
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */

................................................................................
**
** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index
** held in register P1.
**
** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer.
*/
case OP_RowSetAdd: {       /* in2 */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bx */
  Mem *pIdx;
  Mem *pVal;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bx */
  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
  u.bx.pIdx = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
  u.bx.pVal = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
  assert( (u.bx.pVal->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
  if( (u.bx.pIdx->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(u.bx.pIdx);
    if( (u.bx.pIdx->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
  }
  sqlite3RowSetInsert(u.bx.pIdx->u.pRowSet, u.bx.pVal->u.i);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into
** register P3.  Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3
** unchanged and jump to instruction P2.
*/
case OP_RowSetRead: {       /* jump, out3 */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.by */
  Mem *pIdx;
  i64 val;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.by */
  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
  u.by.pIdx = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
  if( (u.by.pIdx->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0
   || sqlite3RowSetNext(u.by.pIdx->u.pRowSet, &u.by.val)==0
  ){
    /* The boolean index is empty */
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(u.by.pIdx);
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }else{
    /* A value was pulled from the index */
    assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, u.by.val);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4
**
** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1
................................................................................
** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will
** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is
** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was
** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously
** inserted as part of some other set).
*/
case OP_RowSetTest: {                     /* jump, in1, in3 */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bz */
  int iSet;
  int exists;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bz */

  u.bz.iSet = pOp->p4.i;
  assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int );

  /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1,
  ** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset
  */
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
  }

  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  assert( u.bz.iSet==-1 || u.bz.iSet>=0 );
  if( u.bz.iSet ){
    u.bz.exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet,
                               (u8)(u.bz.iSet>=0 ? u.bz.iSet & 0xf : 0xff),
                               pIn3->u.i);
    if( u.bz.exists ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      break;
    }
  }
  if( u.bz.iSet>=0 ){
    sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i);
  }
  break;
}


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER

/* Opcode: ContextPush * * * 
**
** Save the current Vdbe context such that it can be restored by a ContextPop
** opcode. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement change
** count, and the current statement change count.








*/
case OP_ContextPush: {

#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ca */
  int i;
  Context *pContext;








#endif /* local variables moved into u.ca */

  u.ca.i = p->contextStackTop++;


  assert( u.ca.i>=0 );
  /* FIX ME: This should be allocated as part of the vdbe at compile-time */
  if( u.ca.i>=p->contextStackDepth ){
    p->contextStackDepth = u.ca.i+1;
    p->contextStack = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, p->contextStack,
                                          sizeof(Context)*(u.ca.i+1));








































    if( p->contextStack==0 ) goto no_mem;
  }
  u.ca.pContext = &p->contextStack[u.ca.i];






























  u.ca.pContext->lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
  u.ca.pContext->nChange = p->nChange;










  break;
}

/* Opcode: ContextPop * * * 
**
** Restore the Vdbe context to the state it was in when contextPush was last
** executed. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement
** change count, and the current statement change count.









*/
case OP_ContextPop: {

#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cb */
  Context *pContext;


#endif /* local variables moved into u.cb */
  u.cb.pContext = &p->contextStack[--p->contextStackTop];
  assert( p->contextStackTop>=0 );
  db->lastRowid = u.cb.pContext->lastRowid;
  p->nChange = u.cb.pContext->nChange;



  break;
}

#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * *
**


** Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of its current value
** and the value in register P2.
**
** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
** an integer.
*/
case OP_MemMax: {        /* in1, in2 */










  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
  if( pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){
    pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
  }
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */

/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * *
**
................................................................................
      ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
      ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type 
      ** and offset cache without causing any IO.
      */
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 3+flags, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol+1),P4_INT32);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 7, pTab->nCol);
      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
        sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, 1, 1, 1, 0);
      }
    }
   
    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
    rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
    if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) || db->mallocFailed ){
      goto blob_open_out;
................................................................................
  int cnt = 0;                      /* Number of matching column names */
  int cntTab = 0;                   /* Number of matching table names */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;         /* The database connection */
  struct SrcList_item *pItem;       /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */
  struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0;  /* The matching pSrcList item */
  NameContext *pTopNC = pNC;        /* First namecontext in the list */
  Schema *pSchema = 0;              /* Schema of the expression */


  assert( pNC );     /* the name context cannot be NULL. */
  assert( zCol );    /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
  assert( ~ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );

  /* Initialize the node to no-match */
  pExpr->iTable = -1;
................................................................................
      }
    }

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
    /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe 
    ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
    */
    if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->trigStack!=0 ){
      TriggerStack *pTriggerStack = pParse->trigStack;
      Table *pTab = 0;
      u32 *piColMask = 0;
      if( pTriggerStack->newIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("new", zTab) == 0 ){
        pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->newIdx;
        assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
        pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
        piColMask = &(pTriggerStack->newColMask);
      }else if( pTriggerStack->oldIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("old", zTab)==0 ){
        pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->oldIdx;
        assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
        pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
        piColMask = &(pTriggerStack->oldColMask);

      }

      if( pTab ){ 
        int iCol;
        Column *pCol = pTab->aCol;

        pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
        cntTab++;



        for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++) {

          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){








            cnt++;
            pExpr->iColumn = iCol==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : (i16)iCol;
            pExpr->pTab = pTab;



            testcase( iCol==31 );
            testcase( iCol==32 );
            if( iCol>=32 ){
              *piColMask = 0xffffffff;
            }else{
              *piColMask |= ((u32)1)<<iCol;

            }
            break;
          }



        }
      }
    }
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */

    /*
    ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
................................................................................

  /* Clean up and return
  */
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pLeft);
  pExpr->pLeft = 0;
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight);
  pExpr->pRight = 0;
  pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
lookupname_end:
  if( cnt==1 ){
    assert( pNC!=0 );
    sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList);
    /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to
    ** the point where the name matched. */
    for(;;){
................................................................................
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
**
** $Id: expr.c,v 1.448 2009/07/27 10:05:05 danielk1977 Exp $
*/

/*
** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
**
** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
................................................................................
  CollSeq *pColl = 0;
  Expr *p = pExpr;
  while( ALWAYS(p) ){
    int op;
    pColl = p->pColl;
    if( pColl ) break;
    op = p->op;

    if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) && p->pTab!=0 ){

      /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
      ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
      const char *zColl;
      int j = p->iColumn;
      if( j>=0 ){
        sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
        zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
................................................................................
    ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always
    ** successful here.
    */
    assert(v);
    if( iCol<0 ){
      int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
      int iAddr;
      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);

      iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem);

      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
      eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;

................................................................................
         && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None))
        ){
          int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
          int iAddr;
          char *pKey;
  
          pKey = (char *)sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
          iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema);
          sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);

          iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem);
  
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
                               pKey,P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
          eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX;
................................................................................
  **    *  The right-hand side is a correlated subquery
  **    *  The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
  **    *  We are inside a trigger
  **
  ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
  ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
  */
  if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && !pParse->trigStack ){
    int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, mem);
    testAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, mem);
    assert( testAddr>0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
  }

  switch( pExpr->op ){
................................................................................
** like the continuation of the number.
*/
static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){
  if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){
    double value;
    char *zV;
    sqlite3AtoF(z, &value);
    if( sqlite3IsNaN(value) ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iMem);
    }else{
      if( negateFlag ) value = -value;
      zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL);
    }
  }
}


/*
** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
................................................................................
        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
      }
      nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0;
      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0);
      assert( pDef!=0 );



      if( pFarg ){
        r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg);

        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1, 1);

      }else{
        r1 = 0;
      }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
      /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is
      ** a virtual table column.
      **
................................................................................
      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4);
      break;
    }
    case TK_UPLUS: {
      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
      break;
    }





















































    /*
    ** Form A:
    **   CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
    **
    ** Form B:
    **   CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
................................................................................
      assert( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 
           || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel );
      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel);
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
    case TK_RAISE: {





      if( !pParse->trigStack ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
                       "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
        return 0;
      }
      if( pExpr->affinity!=OE_Ignore ){
         assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback ||
                 pExpr->affinity == OE_Abort ||
                 pExpr->affinity == OE_Fail );

         assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );

         sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, pExpr->affinity, 0,
                           pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
      } else {
         assert( pExpr->affinity == OE_Ignore );
         sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
         sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->trigStack->ignoreJump);
         VdbeComment((v, "raise(IGNORE)"));
      }

      break;
    }
#endif
  }
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
  return inReg;
................................................................................
    }
  }
  if( isAppropriateForFactoring(pExpr) ){
    int r1 = ++pParse->nMem;
    int r2;
    r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
    if( NEVER(r1!=r2) ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);

    pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
    pExpr->iTable = r2;
    return WRC_Prune;
  }
  return WRC_Continue;
}

................................................................................
  ** expression being built up in zWhere.
  */
  if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){
    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
    for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
      if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){
        if( !zWhere ){
          zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", pTrig->name);
        }else{
          tmp = zWhere;
          zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, pTrig->name);
          sqlite3DbFree(db, tmp);
        }
      }
    }
  }
  return zWhere;
}
................................................................................
  assert( iDb>=0 );

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
  for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
    int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
    assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->name, 0);
  }
#endif

  /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema */
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);

  /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
................................................................................
  ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table.
  */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  if( pVTab ){
    int i = ++pParse->nMem;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB);

  }
#endif

  /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */
  zTabName = pTab->zName;
  nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1);

................................................................................
** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
**
** @(#) $Id: analyze.c,v 1.52 2009/04/16 17:45:48 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE

/*
** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table on cursor
** iStatCur.


**
** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created.
** If it does previously exist, all entires associated with table zWhere
** are removed.  If zWhere==0 then all entries are removed.








*/
static void openStatTable(
  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
  int iDb,                /* The database we are looking in */
  int iStatCur,           /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
  const char *zWhere      /* Delete entries associated with this table */
){














  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  Db *pDb;
  int iRootPage;
  u8 createStat1 = 0;
  Table *pStat;
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);

  if( v==0 ) return;
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db );
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];




  if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", pDb->zName))==0 ){
    /* The sqlite_stat1 tables does not exist.  Create it.  

    ** Note that a side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave
    ** the rootpage of the new table in register pParse->regRoot.  This is
    ** important because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
      "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)",
      pDb->zName

    );
    iRootPage = pParse->regRoot;
    createStat1 = 1;  /* Cause rootpage to be taken from top of stack */







  }else if( zWhere ){
    /* The sqlite_stat1 table exists.  Delete all entries associated with
    ** the table zWhere. */
    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
       "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q",
       pDb->zName, zWhere

    );
    iRootPage = pStat->tnum;
  }else{
    /* The sqlite_stat1 table already exists.  Delete all rows. */
    iRootPage = pStat->tnum;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pStat->tnum, iDb);
  }

  /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table for writing. Unless it was created
  ** by this vdbe program, lock it for writing at the shared-cache level. 
  ** If this vdbe did create the sqlite_stat1 table, then it must have 
  ** already obtained a schema-lock, making the write-lock redundant.
  */
  if( !createStat1 ){
    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, iRootPage, 1, "sqlite_stat1");
  }



  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur, iRootPage, iDb);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)3, P4_INT32);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, createStat1);
}


/*
** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with
** a single table.
*/
static void analyzeOneTable(
  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
  Table *pTab,     /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
  int iStatCur,    /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */
  int iMem         /* Available memory locations begin here */
){

  Index *pIdx;     /* An index to being analyzed */
  int iIdxCur;     /* Index of VdbeCursor for index being analyzed */
  int nCol;        /* Number of columns in the index */

  Vdbe *v;         /* The virtual machine being built up */
  int i;           /* Loop counter */
  int topOfLoop;   /* The top of the loop */
  int endOfLoop;   /* The end of the loop */
  int addr;        /* The address of an instruction */
  int iDb;         /* Index of database containing pTab */
















  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) || pTab->pIndex==0 ){
    /* Do no analysis for tables that have no indices */
    return;
  }
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
  assert( iDb>=0 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0,
      pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
    return;
  }
#endif

  /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */
  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);

  iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){

    KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
    int regFields;    /* Register block for building records */
    int regRec;       /* Register holding completed record */

    int regTemp;      /* Temporary use register */
    int regCol;       /* Content of a column from the table being analyzed */
    int regRowid;     /* Rowid for the inserted record */
    int regF2;


    /* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed
    */
    assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pIdx->pSchema) );
    nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
        (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));



    regFields = iMem+nCol*2;
    regTemp = regRowid = regCol = regFields+3;

    regRec = regCol+1;
    if( regRec>pParse->nMem ){

      pParse->nMem = regRec;
    }








    /* Memory cells are used as follows:

















    **

    **    mem[iMem]:             The total number of rows in the table.
    **    mem[iMem+1]:           Number of distinct values in column 1
    **    ...

    **    mem[iMem+nCol]:        Number of distinct values in column N
    **    mem[iMem+nCol+1]       Last observed value of column 1

    **    ...
    **    mem[iMem+nCol+nCol]:   Last observed value of column N
    **



    ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0.  The others
    ** are initialized to NULL.
    */
    for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iMem+i);
    }
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1);
    }

    /* Do the analysis.
    */


    endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur, endOfLoop);
    topOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem, 1);

    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regCol);

































      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, regCol, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1);
      /**** TODO:  add collating sequence *****/
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);







    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endOfLoop);
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, topOfLoop + 2*(i + 1));
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem+i+1, 1);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, iMem+nCol+i+1);
    }


    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, topOfLoop);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur);

    /* Store the results.  
    **
    ** The result is a single row of the sqlite_stat1 table.  The first
    ** two columns are the names of the table and index.  The third column
    ** is a string composed of a list of integer statistics about the
    ** index.  The first integer in the list is the total number of entries
    ** in the index.  There is one additional integer in the list for each
    ** column of the table.  This additional integer is a guess of how many
................................................................................
    **        I = (K+D-1)/D
    **
    ** If K==0 then no entry is made into the sqlite_stat1 table.  
    ** If K>0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero
    ** is never possible.
    */
    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regFields, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regFields+1, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
    regF2 = regFields+2;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iMem, regF2);
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTemp, 0, " ", 0);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, regTemp, regF2, regF2);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iMem, iMem+i+1, regTemp);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regTemp, -1);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Divide, iMem+i+1, regTemp, regTemp);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ToInt, regTemp);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, regTemp, regF2, regF2);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFields, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regRec, regRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
  }
}

................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;    /* Schema of database iDb */
  HashElem *k;
  int iStatCur;
  int iMem;

  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
  iStatCur = pParse->nTab++;

  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0);
  iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
  for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
    Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
    analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, iMem);
  }
  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
................................................................................
  int iDb;
  int iStatCur;

  assert( pTab!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
  iStatCur = pParse->nTab++;

  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName);
  analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, pParse->nMem+1);
  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
}

/*
** Generate code for the ANALYZE command.  The parser calls this routine
................................................................................
    pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v;
    if( *z==' ' ) z++;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*























** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 table into the index hash tables.

















*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
  analysisInfo sInfo;
  HashElem *i;
  char *zSql;
  int rc;

................................................................................
  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );

  /* Clear any prior statistics */
  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
    sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx);

  }

  /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table existss */
  sInfo.db = db;
  sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){
     return SQLITE_ERROR;
  }


  /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1",
                        sInfo.zDatabase);
  if( zSql==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);














































































    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;

  }
  return rc;
}


#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */

................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int rc;
  Table *pTab = 0;      /* The table being read */
  const char *zCol;     /* Name of the column of the table */
  int iSrc;             /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
  const char *zDBase;   /* Name of database being accessed */
  int iDb;              /* The index of the database the expression refers to */


  if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
  assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema);
  if( iDb<0 ){
    /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other
    ** temporary table. */
    return;
  }





  if( pTabList ){
    for(iSrc=0; iSrc<pTabList->nSrc; iSrc++){

      if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){
        pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
	break;
      }
    }
  }
  if( !pTab ){
    TriggerStack *pStack = pParse->trigStack;
    if( ALWAYS(pStack) ){
      /* This must be an attempt to read the NEW or OLD pseudo-tables
      ** of a trigger.  */
      assert( pExpr->iTable==pStack->newIdx || pExpr->iTable==pStack->oldIdx );
      pTab = pStack->pTab;
    }
  }
  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return;
  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){

    assert( pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
    zCol = pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName;
  }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
    assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
    zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
  }else{
    zCol = "ROWID";
  }
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(
  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
  int iDb,           /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */
  int iTab,          /* Root page number of the table to be locked */
  u8 isWriteLock,    /* True for a write lock */
  const char *zName  /* Name of the table to be locked */
){

  int i;
  int nBytes;
  TableLock *p;

  assert( iDb>=0 );

  for(i=0; i<pParse->nTableLock; i++){
    p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
    if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){
      p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock);
      return;
    }
  }

  nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pParse->nTableLock+1);
  pParse->aTableLock = 
      sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pParse->aTableLock, nBytes);
  if( pParse->aTableLock ){
    p = &pParse->aTableLock[pParse->nTableLock++];
    p->iDb = iDb;
    p->iTab = iTab;
    p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock;
    p->zName = zName;
  }else{
    pParse->nTableLock = 0;
    pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
  }
}

/*
** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the
** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()).
*/
................................................................................
  if( pParse->nested ) return;
  if( pParse->nErr ) return;

  /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
  ** vdbe program
  */
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);


  if( v ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);

    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
................................................................................
  if( v && ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && !db->mallocFailed ){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0;
    sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace);
#endif
    assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 );  /* Disables and re-enables match */
    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem,
                         pParse->nTab, pParse->explain);

    pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
    pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
  }else if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  pParse->nTab = 0;
  pParse->nMem = 0;
................................................................................

/*
** Reclaim the memory used by an index
*/
static void freeIndex(Index *p){
  sqlite3 *db = p->pTable->dbMem;
  /* testcase( db==0 ); */

  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}

/*
** Remove the given index from the index hash table, and free
** its memory structures.
................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  u8 enc = ENC(db);
  u8 initbusy = db->init.busy;
  CollSeq *pColl;

  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy);
  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
    pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, pColl, zName);
    if( !pColl ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
    }
  }

  return pColl;
}
................................................................................
** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst
** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
*/ 
static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer
  ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to
  ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to
  ** reflect this.
  **
  ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value
................................................................................
    ** (made available to the compiler for reuse) using 
    ** sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(). So in some ways having the OP_IsUnique
    ** opcode use the values stored within seems dangerous. However, since
    ** we can be sure that no other temp registers have been allocated
    ** since sqlite3ReleaseTempRange() was called, it is safe to do so.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx, j2, regRowid, pRegKey, P4_INT32);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, OE_Abort, 0,
                    "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC);
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1);
  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
................................................................................
** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding().
**
** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the
** schema on any databases.  This can be used to position the OP_Goto
** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
  sqlite3 *db;
  Vdbe *v;
  int mask;


  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) return;  /* This only happens if there was a prior error */
  db = pParse->db;
  if( pParse->cookieGoto==0 ){
    pParse->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1;
  }
  if( iDb>=0 ){



    assert( iDb<db->nDb );
    assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
    assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 );
    mask = 1<<iDb;
    if( (pParse->cookieMask & mask)==0 ){
      pParse->cookieMask |= mask;
      pParse->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
        sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse);
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
................................................................................
** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of
** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to
** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){

  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
  pParse->writeMask |= 1<<iDb;
  if( setStatement && pParse->nested==0 ){
    /* Every place where this routine is called with setStatement!=0 has
    ** already successfully created a VDBE. */
    assert( pParse->pVdbe );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Statement, iDb);
  }





















}

/*
** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl.  Return
** true if it does and false if it does not.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
................................................................................
**
** $Id: callback.c,v 1.42 2009/06/17 00:35:31 drh Exp $
*/


/*
** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
** in the database text encoding of name zName, length nName.
** If the collation sequence
*/
static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){
  assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
  if( db->xCollNeeded ){
    char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
    if( !zExternal ) return;
    db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal);
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
    char const *zExternal;
    sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
................................................................................
  }
  return SQLITE_ERROR;
}

/*
** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
** requested collation sequence is not available in the database native
** encoding.
** 
** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding 
** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
**
** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation
** sequence can be found.
**
** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq()
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(
  sqlite3* db,          /* The database connection */

  CollSeq *pColl,       /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */
  const char *zName     /* Collating sequence name */
){
  CollSeq *p;

  p = pColl;
  if( !p ){
    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, 0);
  }
  if( !p || !p->xCmp ){
    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
    */
    callCollNeeded(db, zName);
    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, 0);
  }
  if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){
    p = 0;
  }
  assert( !p || p->xCmp );
  return p;
}
................................................................................
** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, 
** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
  if( pColl ){
    const char *zName = pColl->zName;

    CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse->db, pColl, zName);
    if( !p ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
      pParse->nErr++;
      return SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
    assert( p==pColl );
  }
................................................................................
  int end, addr = 0;     /* A couple addresses of generated code */
  int i;                 /* Loop counter */
  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices of the table */
  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
  sqlite3 *db;           /* Main database structure */
  AuthContext sContext;  /* Authorization context */
  int oldIdx = -1;       /* Cursor for the OLD table of AFTER triggers */
  NameContext sNC;       /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
  int iDb;               /* Database number */
  int memCnt = -1;       /* Memory cell used for change counting */
  int rcauth;            /* Value returned by authorization callback */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  int isView;                  /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
  Trigger *pTrigger;           /* List of table triggers, if required */
#endif
  int iBeginAfterTrigger = 0;  /* Address of after trigger program */
  int iEndAfterTrigger = 0;    /* Exit of after trigger program */
  int iBeginBeforeTrigger = 0; /* Address of before trigger program */
  int iEndBeforeTrigger = 0;   /* Exit of before trigger program */
  u32 old_col_mask = 0;        /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */

  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
  db = pParse->db;
  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
    goto delete_from_cleanup;
  }
  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
................................................................................
  rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb);
  assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE );
  if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){
    goto delete_from_cleanup;
  }
  assert(!isView || pTrigger);

  /* Allocate a cursor used to store the old.* data for a trigger.
  */
  if( pTrigger ){ 
    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
  }

  /* Assign  cursor number to the table and all its indices.
  */
  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
  iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    pParse->nTab++;
  }
................................................................................
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ){
    goto delete_from_cleanup;
  }
  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, (pTrigger?1:0), iDb);

  if( pTrigger ){
    int orconf = ((pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default);
    int iGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
    addr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);

    iBeginBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_DELETE, 0, 
        TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, -1, oldIdx, orconf, addr, &old_col_mask, 0);
    iEndBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);

    iBeginAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_DELETE, 0, 
        TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, -1, oldIdx, orconf, addr, &old_col_mask, 0);
    iEndAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);

    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iGoto);
  }

  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
  ** a ephemeral table.
  */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
  if( isView ){
    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur);
  }
................................................................................
  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
    memCnt = ++pParse->nMem;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt);
  }

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
  /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
  ** It is easier just to erase the whole table.  Note, however, that
  ** this means that the row change count will be incorrect.
  */
  if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    assert( !isView );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt,
                      pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
................................................................................
    }
  }else
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */
  /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through
  ** the table and pick which records to delete.
  */
  {
    int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem;    /* Used for storing rowid values. */
    int iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;   /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */

    int regRowid;                   /* Actual register containing rowids */

    /* Collect rowids of every row to be deleted.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere,0,WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK);
    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
................................................................................
    regRowid = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, iRowid, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, regRowid);
    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
    }
    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);

    /* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers.
    */
    if( pTrigger ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0, pTab->nCol);
    }

    /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the
    ** database scan.  We have to delete items after the scan is complete
    ** because deleting an item can change the scan order.
    */
    end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);





    if( !isView ){
      /* Open cursors for the table we are deleting from and 
      ** all its indices.
      */
      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite);
    }

    /* This is the beginning of the delete loop. If a trigger encounters
    ** an IGNORE constraint, it jumps back to here.
    */
    if( pTrigger ){
      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addr);
    }
    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, end, iRowid);

    if( pTrigger ){
      int iData = ++pParse->nMem;   /* For storing row data of OLD table */

      /* If the record is no longer present in the table, jump to the
      ** next iteration of the loop through the contents of the fifo.
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, iRowid);

      /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table */
      if( old_col_mask ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iCur, iData);
      }else{
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iData);
      }
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, iData, iRowid);

      /* Jump back and run the BEFORE triggers */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginBeforeTrigger);
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndBeforeTrigger);
    }

    if( !isView ){
      /* Delete the row */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
      if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
        const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
        sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iRowid, pVTab, P4_VTAB);

      }else
#endif
      {

        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, iRowid, pParse->nested==0);
      }
    }

    /* If there are row triggers, close all cursors then invoke
    ** the AFTER triggers
    */
    if( pTrigger ){
      /* Jump back and run the AFTER triggers */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginAfterTrigger);
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndAfterTrigger);
    }

    /* End of the delete loop */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end);

    /* Close the cursors after the loop if there are no row triggers */

    if( !isView  && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
      for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
      }
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
    }
  }

  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
  ** autoincrement tables.
  */
  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->trigStack==0 ){
    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
  }

  /*
  ** Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is 
  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
  ** invoke the callback function.
  */
  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1);
    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC);
  }

delete_from_cleanup:
  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
................................................................................
**
**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
**       cursor number base+i for the i-th index.
**
**   3.  The record number of the row to be deleted must be stored in
**       memory cell iRowid.
**
** This routine pops the top of the stack to remove the record number
** and then generates code to remove both the table record and all index
** entries that point to that record.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
  int iRowid,        /* Memory cell that contains the rowid to delete */
  int count          /* Increment the row change counter */


){
  int addr;
  Vdbe *v;





















  v = pParse->pVdbe;






















  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, iRowid);






  sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, 0);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
  if( count ){
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
  }
  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);













}

/*
** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
** index entries associated with a single row of a single table.
**
** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
................................................................................
    }else{
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx, regBase+j);
      sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx, -1);
    }
  }
  if( doMakeRec ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol+1, regOut);
    sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1);
  }
  sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1);
  return regBase;
}

/* Make sure "isView" gets undefined in case this file becomes part of
................................................................................
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
** functions of SQLite.  
**
** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** All other code has file scope.
**
** $Id: func.c,v 1.239 2009/06/19 16:44:41 drh Exp $
*/

/*
** Return the collating function associated with a function.
*/
static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
  return context->pColl;
................................................................................
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the VERSION(*) function.  The result is the version
** of the SQLite library that is running.
*/
static void versionFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int NotUsed,
  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_version, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
}















/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex
** digits. */
static const char hexdigits[] = {
  '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
  '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' 
};
................................................................................
    FUNCTION(coalesce,           0, 0, 0, 0                ),
    FUNCTION(hex,                1, 0, 0, hexFunc          ),
    FUNCTION(ifnull,             2, 0, 1, ifnullFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(random,             0, 0, 0, randomFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(randomblob,         1, 0, 0, randomBlob       ),
    FUNCTION(nullif,             2, 0, 1, nullifFunc       ),
    FUNCTION(sqlite_version,     0, 0, 0, versionFunc      ),

    FUNCTION(quote,              1, 0, 0, quoteFunc        ),
    FUNCTION(last_insert_rowid,  0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid),
    FUNCTION(changes,            0, 0, 0, changes          ),
    FUNCTION(total_changes,      0, 0, 0, total_changes    ),
    FUNCTION(replace,            3, 0, 0, replaceFunc      ),
    FUNCTION(zeroblob,           1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc     ),
  #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
................................................................................
  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol), P4_INT32);
  VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
}

/*
** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
** string for index pIdx. A column affinity string has one character
** for each column in the table, according to the affinity of the column:
**
**  Character      Column affinity
**  ------------------------------
**  'a'            TEXT
**  'b'            NONE
**  'c'            NUMERIC
**  'd'            INTEGER
**  'e'            REAL
**
** An extra 'b' is appended to the end of the string to cover the
** rowid that appears as the last column in every index.




*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){
  if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
    /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
    ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
    ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
    **
    ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
    ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
................................................................................
    */
    int n;
    Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
    pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3Malloc(pIdx->nColumn+2);
    if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      return;
    }
    for(n=0; n<pIdx->nColumn; n++){
      pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity;
    }
    pIdx->zColAff[n++] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
    pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0;
  }
 
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pIdx->zColAff, 0);
}

/*
** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character
** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the
** column:
................................................................................
static int autoIncBegin(
  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
  int iDb,            /* Index of the database holding pTab */
  Table *pTab         /* The table we are writing to */
){
  int memId = 0;      /* Register holding maximum rowid */
  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){

    AutoincInfo *pInfo;

    pInfo = pParse->pAinc;
    while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; }
    if( pInfo==0 ){
      pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo));
      if( pInfo==0 ) return 0;
      pInfo->pNext = pParse->pAinc;
      pParse->pAinc = pInfo;
      pInfo->pTab = pTab;
      pInfo->iDb = iDb;
      pParse->nMem++;                  /* Register to hold name of table */
      pInfo->regCtr = ++pParse->nMem;  /* Max rowid register */
      pParse->nMem++;                  /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */
    }
    memId = pInfo->regCtr;
  }
  return memId;
}

/*
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){
  AutoincInfo *p;            /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database connection */
  Db *pDb;                   /* Database only autoinc table */
  int memId;                 /* Register holding max rowid */
  int addr;                  /* A VDBE address */
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* VDBE under construction */






  assert( v );   /* We failed long ago if this is not so */
  for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
    pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
    memId = p->regCtr;
    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead);
    addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
................................................................................
  int endOfLoop;        /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
  int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
  int srcTab = 0;       /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
  int addrInsTop = 0;   /* Jump to label "D" */
  int addrCont = 0;     /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */
  int addrSelect = 0;   /* Address of coroutine that implements the SELECT */
  SelectDest dest;      /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */
  int newIdx = -1;      /* Cursor for the NEW pseudo-table */
  int iDb;              /* Index of database holding TABLE */
  Db *pDb;              /* The database containing table being inserted into */
  int appendFlag = 0;   /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */

  /* Register allocations */
  int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */
  int regAutoinc = 0;   /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */
................................................................................
  int regRowCount = 0;  /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
  int regIns;           /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */
  int regRowid;         /* registers holding insert rowid */
  int regData;          /* register holding first column to insert */
  int regRecord;        /* Holds the assemblied row record */
  int regEof = 0;       /* Register recording end of SELECT data */
  int *aRegIdx = 0;     /* One register allocated to each index */


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  int isView;                 /* True if attempting to insert into a view */
  Trigger *pTrigger;          /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
  int tmask;                  /* Mask of trigger times */
#endif

................................................................................
  /* Allocate a VDBE
  */
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb);

  /* if there are row triggers, allocate a temp table for new.* references. */
  if( pTrigger ){
    newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
  }

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
  /* If the statement is of the form
  **
  **       INSERT INTO <table1> SELECT * FROM <table2>;
  **
  ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer
  ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices.
................................................................................
  /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
  ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index
  ** in the original table definition.
  */
  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
    keyColumn = pTab->iPKey;
  }

  /* Open the temp table for FOR EACH ROW triggers
  */
  if( pTrigger ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0, pTab->nCol);
  }
    
  /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
  */
  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
  }
................................................................................
  }
  regData = regRowid+1;

  /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any
  */
  endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
  if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
    int regTrigRowid;
    int regCols;
    int regRec;

    /* build the NEW.* reference row.  Note that if there is an INTEGER
    ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be
    ** translated into a unique ID for the row.  But on a BEFORE trigger,
    ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
    ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
    */
    regTrigRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
    if( keyColumn<0 ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regTrigRowid);
    }else{
      int j1;
      if( useTempTable ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regTrigRowid);
      }else{
        assert( pSelect==0 );  /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regTrigRowid);
      }
      j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regTrigRowid);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regTrigRowid);
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTrigRowid);
    }

    /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible,
    ** this block would have to account for hidden column.
    */
    assert(!IsVirtual(pTab));

    /* Create the new column data
    */
    regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol);
    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
      if( pColumn==0 ){
        j = i;
      }else{
        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
        }
      }
      if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){
        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i);
      }else if( useTempTable ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i); 
      }else{
        assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
        sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i);
      }
    }
    regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCols, pTab->nCol, regRec);

    /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
    ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
    ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
    ** table column affinities.
    */
    if( !isView ){

      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, regRec, regTrigRowid);
    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTrigRowid);
    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol);

    /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, 
        pTab, newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop, 0, 0) ){
      goto insert_cleanup;

    }

  }

  /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack.  The
  ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid
  ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which
  ** case the record number is the same as that column. 
  */
................................................................................
    ** do the insertion.
    */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
      sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB);

    }else
#endif
    {
      int isReplace;    /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */
      sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx,
          keyColumn>=0, 0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace
      );
      sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
          pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx, 0,
          (tmask&TRIGGER_AFTER) ? newIdx : -1, appendFlag, isReplace==0
      );
    }
  }

  /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
  */
  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
  }

  if( pTrigger ){
    /* Code AFTER triggers */
    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, 
          pTab, newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop, 0, 0) ){
      goto insert_cleanup;
    }
  }

  /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source
  ** is a SELECT statement.
  */
  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
  if( useTempTable ){
................................................................................
  }

insert_end:
  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
  ** autoincrement tables.
  */
  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->trigStack==0 ){
    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
  }

  /*
  ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is 
  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
  ** invoke the callback function.
  */
  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC);
  }

insert_cleanup:
  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
................................................................................
}

/*
** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE.
**
** The input is a range of consecutive registers as follows:
**
**    1.  The rowid of the row to be updated before the update.  This
**        value is omitted unless we are doing an UPDATE that involves a
**        change to the record number or writing to a virtual table.
**
**    2.  The rowid of the row after the update.
**
**    3.  The data in the first column of the entry after the update.
**
**    i.  Data from middle columns...
**
**    N.  The data in the last column of the entry after the update.
**
** The regRowid parameter is the index of the register containing (2).
**
** The old rowid shown as entry (1) above is omitted unless both isUpdate

** and rowidChng are 1.  isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for
** INSERTs.  RowidChng means that the new rowid is explicitly specified by


** the update or insert statement.  If rowidChng is false, it means that
** the rowid is computed automatically in an insert or that the rowid value
** is not modified by the update.
**
** The code generated by this routine store new index entries into
** registers identified by aRegIdx[].  No index entry is created for
** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0.  The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is
** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices
** attached to the table.
**
................................................................................
  int onError;        /* Conflict resolution strategy */
  int j1;             /* Addresss of jump instruction */
  int j2 = 0, j3;     /* Addresses of jump instructions */
  int regData;        /* Register containing first data column */
  int iCur;           /* Table cursor number */
  Index *pIdx;         /* Pointer to one of the indices */
  int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */
  int hasTwoRowids = (isUpdate && rowidChng);

  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( v!=0 );
  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
  nCol = pTab->nCol;
  regData = regRowid + 1;


  /* Test all NOT NULL constraints.
  */
  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
      continue;
    }
................................................................................
    }
    if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){
      onError = OE_Abort;
    }
    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
    switch( onError ){
      case OE_Rollback:

      case OE_Abort:
      case OE_Fail: {
        char *zMsg;
        j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_HaltIfNull,
                                  SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, regData+i);
        zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s may not be NULL",
                              pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
................................................................................
    int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    pParse->ckBase = regData;
    sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pTab->pCheck, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
    onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort;
    if( onError==OE_Ignore ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
    }else{
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk);
  }
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */

  /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key
  ** of the new record does not previously exist.  Except, if this
................................................................................
      onError = overrideError;
    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
      onError = OE_Abort;
    }
    
    if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex ){
      if( isUpdate ){
        j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regRowid, 0, regRowid-1);
      }
      j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, baseCur, 0, regRowid);
      switch( onError ){
        default: {
          onError = OE_Abort;
          /* Fall thru into the next case */
        }
        case OE_Rollback:
        case OE_Abort:
        case OE_Fail: {
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0,
                           "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC);
          break;
        }
        case OE_Replace: {


















          sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, 0);

          seenReplace = 1;
          break;
        }
        case OE_Ignore: {
          assert( seenReplace==0 );
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
          break;
................................................................................
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i);
      }else{
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regData+idx, regIdx+i);
      }
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1, aRegIdx[iCur]);
    sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);

    /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */
    onError = pIdx->onError;
    if( onError==OE_None ){ 
      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);
      continue;  /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
................................................................................
      onError = OE_Abort;
    }
    if( seenReplace ){
      if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace;
      else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort;
    }
    

    /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
    regR = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid-hasTwoRowids, regR);
    j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, baseCur+iCur+1, 0,
                           regR, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regIdx),
                           P4_INT32);
    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);

    /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
................................................................................
          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zSep, -1);
          zSep = ", ";
          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zCol, -1);
        }
        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg,
            pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique", -1);
        zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0, zErr, 0);
        sqlite3DbFree(errMsg.db, zErr);
        break;
      }
      case OE_Ignore: {
        assert( seenReplace==0 );
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
        break;
      }
      default: {

        assert( onError==OE_Replace );



        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, regR, 0);


        seenReplace = 1;
        break;
      }
    }
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regR);
  }
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
  int baseCur,        /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
  int regRowid,       /* Range of content */
  int *aRegIdx,       /* Register used by each index.  0 for unused indices */
  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
  int newIdx,         /* Index of NEW table for triggers.  -1 if none */
  int appendBias,     /* True if this is likely to be an append */
  int useSeekResult   /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */
){
  int i;
  Vdbe *v;
  int nIdx;
  Index *pIdx;
................................................................................
    }
  }
  regData = regRowid + 1;
  regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec);
  sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
  sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  if( newIdx>=0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, regRec, regRowid);
  }
#endif
  if( pParse->nested ){
    pik_flags = 0;
  }else{
    pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
    pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID);
  }
  if( appendBias ){
................................................................................
  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead);
  emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0);
  regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){
    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0,
                      "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
    autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
  }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){
    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid);
  }else{
    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
    assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 );
................................................................................
    /* The following is VERY experimental */
    { "writable_schema",          SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode },
    { "omit_readlock",            SQLITE_NoReadlock    },

    /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted
    ** flag if there are any active statements. */
    { "read_uncommitted",         SQLITE_ReadUncommitted },

  };
  int i;
  const struct sPragmaType *p;
  for(i=0, p=aPragma; i<ArraySize(aPragma); i++, p++){
    if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, p->zName)==0 ){
      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
      Vdbe *v;
................................................................................

  if( zErrMsg ){
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
  }else{
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
  }









end_prepare:

  sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
  return rc;
................................................................................
  int eDest = pDest->eDest;
  int iParm = pDest->iParm;

  int regRow;
  int regRowid;

  iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor;

  if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
    pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, eDest==SRT_Output, nColumn);



  }
  addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak);
  codeOffset(v, p, addrContinue);
  regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1, regRow);
  switch( eDest ){
    case SRT_Table:
    case SRT_EphemTab: {
      testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
      testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid);
................................................................................
    }
#endif
    default: {
      int i;
      assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); 
      testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
      testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regRowid);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pseudoTab, regRow, regRowid);
      for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
        assert( regRow!=pDest->iMem+i );
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iMem+i);



      }
      if( eDest==SRT_Output ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iMem, nColumn);
        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iMem, nColumn);
      }else{
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm);
      }
................................................................................
          pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect;
        }else{
          pNC = pNC->pNext;
        }
      }

      if( pTab==0 ){
        /* FIX ME:
        ** This can occurs if you have something like "SELECT new.x;" inside
        ** a trigger.  In other words, if you reference the special "new"
        ** table in the result set of a select.  We do not have a good way
        ** to find the actual table type, so call it "TEXT".  This is really
        ** something of a bug, but I do not know how to fix it.
        **

        ** This code does not produce the correct answer - it just prevents
        ** a segfault.  See ticket #1229.



        */
        zType = "TEXT";




        break;
      }

      assert( pTab );
      if( pS ){
        /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause
        ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin
        ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select.
        */
        if( ALWAYS(iCol>=0 && iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr) ){
          /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the
          ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see 
          ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL.
          */
          NameContext sNC;
          Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
          sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
          sNC.pNext = 0;
          sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
          zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); 
        }
      }else if( ALWAYS(pTab->pSchema) ){
        /* A real table */
        assert( !pS );
        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
................................................................................
  ** refer to the subquery even after flattening.  Ticket #3346.
  **
  ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above.
  */
  if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){
    Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab;
    if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){

      pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pParse->pZombieTab;
      pParse->pZombieTab = pTabToDel;
    }else{
      pTabToDel->nRef--;
    }
    pSubitem->pTab = 0;
  }

  /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery
................................................................................
  if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
    tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
  }

  /* Build the Trigger object */
  pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger));
  if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
  pTrigger->name = zName;
  zName = 0;
  pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName);
  pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
  pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
  pTrigger->op = (u8)op;
  pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER;
  pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
................................................................................
  DbFixer sFix;
  int iDb;                                 /* Database containing the trigger */
  Token nameToken;           /* Trigger name for error reporting */

  pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger;
  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
  if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
  zName = pTrig->name;
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
  pTrig->step_list = pStepList;
  while( pStepList ){
    pStepList->pTrig = pTrig;
    pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
  }
  nameToken.z = pTrig->name;
  nameToken.n = sqlite3Strlen30(nameToken.z);
  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken) 
          && sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) ){
    goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
  }

  /* if we are not initializing, and this trigger is not on a TEMP table, 
................................................................................

/* 
** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){
  if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->name);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table);
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen);
  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger);
}

/*
................................................................................
  assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  {
    int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
    if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->name, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
      sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
      return;
    }
  }
#endif

  /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
................................................................................
      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,        0},
      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(1),  0}, /* 8 */
    };

    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v,  ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->name, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC);
    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->name, 0);
    if( pParse->nMem<3 ){
      pParse->nMem = 3;
    }
  }
}

/*
................................................................................
      pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
    }
  }
  return pSrc;
}

/*
** Generate VDBE code for zero or more statements inside the body of a
** trigger.  
*/
static int codeTriggerProgram(
  Parse *pParse,            /* The parser context */
  TriggerStep *pStepList,   /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
  int orconfin              /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */  
){
  TriggerStep * pTriggerStep = pStepList;
  int orconf;
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;


  assert( pTriggerStep!=0 );
  assert( v!=0 );
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPush, 0, 0);
  VdbeComment((v, "begin trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
  while( pTriggerStep ){
    sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
    orconf = (orconfin == OE_Default)?pTriggerStep->orconf:orconfin;
    pParse->trigStack->orconf = orconf;











    switch( pTriggerStep->op ){
      case TK_UPDATE: {
        SrcList *pSrc;
        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
        sqlite3Update(pParse, pSrc,

                sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pTriggerStep->pExprList, 0), 
                sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTriggerStep->pWhere, 0), orconf);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);


        break;
      }
      case TK_INSERT: {
        SrcList *pSrc;
        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
        sqlite3Insert(pParse, pSrc,

          sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pTriggerStep->pExprList, 0), 
          sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTriggerStep->pSelect, 0), 
          sqlite3IdListDup(db, pTriggerStep->pIdList), orconf);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);


        break;
      }
      case TK_DELETE: {
        SrcList *pSrc;
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
        sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, pSrc, 

                          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTriggerStep->pWhere, 0));
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);

        break;
      }
      default: assert( pTriggerStep->op==TK_SELECT ); {
        Select *ss = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTriggerStep->pSelect, 0);
        if( ss ){
          SelectDest dest;


          sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Discard, 0);
          sqlite3Select(pParse, ss, &dest);
          sqlite3SelectDelete(db, ss);
        }
        break;
      }
    } 










































































    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;

  }

















































  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
  VdbeComment((v, "end trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));

















  return 0;


































}

/*
** This is called to code FOR EACH ROW triggers.
**
** When the code that this function generates is executed, the following 
** must be true:
................................................................................
** are set to values that describe the columns used by the trigger program
** in the OLD.* and NEW.* tables respectively. If column N of the 
** pseudo-table is read at least once, the corresponding bit of the output
** mask is set. If a column with an index greater than 32 is read, the
** output mask is set to the special value 0xffffffff.
**
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* List of triggers on table pTab */
  int op,              /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
  int tr_tm,           /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
  int newIdx,          /* The indice of the "new" row to access */
  int oldIdx,          /* The indice of the "old" row to access */
  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
  int ignoreJump,      /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
  u32 *piOldColMask,   /* OUT: Mask of columns used from the OLD.* table */
  u32 *piNewColMask    /* OUT: Mask of columns used from the NEW.* table */
){
  Trigger *p;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  TriggerStack trigStackEntry;

  trigStackEntry.oldColMask = 0;
  trigStackEntry.newColMask = 0;


  assert(op == TK_UPDATE || op == TK_INSERT || op == TK_DELETE);
  assert(tr_tm == TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm == TRIGGER_AFTER );

  assert(newIdx != -1 || oldIdx != -1);

  for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
    int fire_this = 0;

    /* Sanity checking:  The schema for the trigger and for the table are
    ** always defined.  The trigger must be in the same schema as the table
    ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */
    assert( p->pSchema!=0 );
    assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 );
    assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema || p->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema );

    /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */
    if( 
      p->op==op && 
      p->tr_tm==tr_tm && 
      checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges)
    ){
      TriggerStack *pS;      /* Pointer to trigger-stack entry */
      for(pS=pParse->trigStack; pS && p!=pS->pTrigger; pS=pS->pNext){}
      if( !pS ){
        fire_this = 1;
      }
#if 0    /* Give no warning for recursive triggers.  Just do not do them */
      else{
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "recursive triggers not supported (%s)",
            p->name);
        return SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
#endif
    }
 
    if( fire_this ){
      int endTrigger;
      Expr * whenExpr;
      AuthContext sContext;
      NameContext sNC;

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Trace, 0, 0, 0,
                        sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", p->name),
                        P4_DYNAMIC);
#endif
      memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
      sNC.pParse = pParse;

      /* Push an entry on to the trigger stack */
      trigStackEntry.pTrigger = p;
      trigStackEntry.newIdx = newIdx;
      trigStackEntry.oldIdx = oldIdx;
      trigStackEntry.pTab = pTab;
      trigStackEntry.pNext = pParse->trigStack;
      trigStackEntry.ignoreJump = ignoreJump;
      pParse->trigStack = &trigStackEntry;
      sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, p->name);

      /* code the WHEN clause */
      endTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse->pVdbe);
      whenExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhen, 0);
      if( db->mallocFailed || sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, whenExpr) ){
        pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, whenExpr);
        return 1;
      }
      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, whenExpr, endTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, whenExpr);

      codeTriggerProgram(pParse, p->step_list, orconf); 

      /* Pop the entry off the trigger stack */
      pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
      sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);

      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, endTrigger);
    }
  }
  if( piOldColMask ) *piOldColMask |= trigStackEntry.oldColMask;
  if( piNewColMask ) *piNewColMask |= trigStackEntry.newColMask;
  return 0;
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */

/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
................................................................................
  int j1;                /* Addresses of jump instructions */
  int okOnePass;         /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  int isView;                  /* Trying to update a view */
  Trigger *pTrigger;           /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
#endif
  int iBeginAfterTrigger = 0;  /* Address of after trigger program */
  int iEndAfterTrigger = 0;    /* Exit of after trigger program */
  int iBeginBeforeTrigger = 0; /* Address of before trigger program */
  int iEndBeforeTrigger = 0;   /* Exit of before trigger program */
  u32 old_col_mask = 0;        /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
  u32 new_col_mask = 0;        /* Mask of NEW.* columns in use */

  int newIdx      = -1;  /* index of trigger "new" temp table       */
  int oldIdx      = -1;  /* index of trigger "old" temp table       */

  /* Register Allocations */
  int regRowCount = 0;   /* A count of rows changed */
  int regOldRowid;       /* The old rowid */
  int regNewRowid;       /* The new rowid */
  int regData;           /* New data for the row */

  int regRowSet = 0;     /* Rowset of rows to be updated */


  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
  db = pParse->db;
  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
    goto update_cleanup;
  }
  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
................................................................................
  /* Locate the table which we want to update. 
  */
  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
  if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);

  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
  ** updated is a view
  */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 0);
  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
#else
# define pTrigger 0
# define isView 0
................................................................................
  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){
    goto update_cleanup;
  }
  aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol );
  if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;

  /* If there are FOR EACH ROW triggers, allocate cursors for the
  ** special OLD and NEW tables
  */
  if( pTrigger ){
    newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
  }

  /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
  ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
  ** need to occur right after the database cursor.  So go ahead and
  ** allocate enough space, just in case.
  */
  pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++;
  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
................................................................................
          break;
        }
      }
    }
    aRegIdx[j] = reg;
  }

  /* Allocate a block of register used to store the change record
  ** sent to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks().  There are either
  ** one or two registers for holding the rowid.  One rowid register
  ** is used if chngRowid is false and two are used if chngRowid is
  ** true.  Following these are pTab->nCol register holding column
  ** data.
  */
  regOldRowid = regNewRowid = pParse->nMem + 1;
  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
  if( chngRowid ){
    regNewRowid++;
    pParse->nMem++;
  }
  regData = regNewRowid+1;
 

  /* Begin generating code.
  */
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */
................................................................................
                       pWhere);
    pWhere = 0;
    pTabList = 0;
    goto update_cleanup;
  }
#endif

  /* Start the view context
  */

  if( isView ){
    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);

  }



  /* Generate the code for triggers.
  */
  if( pTrigger ){
    int iGoto;



    /* Create pseudo-tables for NEW and OLD
    */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0, pTab->nCol);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0, pTab->nCol);


    iGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
    addr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    iBeginBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 
          TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr, 
          &old_col_mask, &new_col_mask) ){
      goto update_cleanup;
    }
    iEndBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
    iBeginAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);


    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 
          TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr, 
          &old_col_mask, &new_col_mask) ){
      goto update_cleanup;
    }
    iEndAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iGoto);
  }

  /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
  ** a ephemeral table.
  */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
  if( isView ){
    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur);
................................................................................

  /* End the database scan loop.
  */
  sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);

  /* Initialize the count of updated rows
  */
  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack ){
    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
  }

  if( !isView ){
    /* 
    ** Open every index that needs updating.  Note that if any
................................................................................
        KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
                       (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
        assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 );
      }
    }
  }
  
  /* Jump back to this point if a trigger encounters an IGNORE constraint. */
  if( pTrigger ){
    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addr);
  }

  /* Top of the update loop */
  if( okOnePass ){
    int a1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regOldRowid);
    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, a1);
  }else{
    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, 0, regOldRowid);
  }

  if( pTrigger ){
    int regRowid;
    int regRow;
    int regCols;

    /* Make cursor iCur point to the record that is being updated.
    */


    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid);





    /* Generate the OLD table
    */

    regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
    regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regRowid);
    if( !old_col_mask ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRow);
    }else{
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iCur, regRow);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, regRow, regRowid);






    /* Generate the NEW table
    */

    if( chngRowid ){
      sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pRowidExpr, regRowid);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid);
    }else{
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regRowid);
    }
    regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol);





    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regCols+i);
        continue;
      }

      j = aXRef[i];
      if( (i<32 && (new_col_mask&((u32)1<<i))!=0) || new_col_mask==0xffffffff ){
        if( j<0 ){
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regCols+i);
          sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i, -1);
        }else{
          sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i);
        }
      }else{
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regCols+i);
      }
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCols, pTab->nCol, regRow);
    if( !isView ){
      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol);
    }




    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol);
    /* if( pParse->nErr ) goto update_cleanup; */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, regRow, regRowid);
    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow);



    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginBeforeTrigger);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndBeforeTrigger);


  }

  if( !isView ){
    /* Loop over every record that needs updating.  We have to load
    ** the old data for each record to be updated because some columns
    ** might not change and we will need to copy the old value.
    ** Also, the old data is needed to delete the old index entries.
    ** So make the cursor point at the old record.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid);

    /* If the record number will change, push the record number as it
    ** will be after the update. (The old record number is currently
    ** on top of the stack.)
    */
    if( chngRowid ){
      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid);
    }

    /* Compute new data for this record.  
    */
    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regData+i);
        continue;
      }
      j = aXRef[i];
      if( j<0 ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regData+i);
        sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i, regData+i);
      }else{
        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regData+i);
      }
    }

    /* Do constraint checks
    */
    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid,
                                    aRegIdx, chngRowid, 1,
                                    onError, addr, 0);

    /* Delete the old indices for the current record.
    */

    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regOldRowid);
    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, aRegIdx);

    /* If changing the record number, delete the old record.
    */
    if( chngRowid ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);

    /* Create the new index entries and the new record.
    */
    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, 
                             aRegIdx, 1, -1, 0, 0);
  }

  /* Increment the row counter 
  */
  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
  }

  /* If there are triggers, close all the cursors after each iteration
  ** through the loop.  The fire the after triggers.
  */
  if( pTrigger ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginAfterTrigger);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndAfterTrigger);
  }

  /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
  ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
  */
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);

................................................................................
  /* Close all tables */
  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
    if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
    }
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
  if( pTrigger ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, newIdx, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, oldIdx, 0);
  }

  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
  ** autoincrement tables.
  */
  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->trigStack==0 ){
    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
  }

  /*
  ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is 
  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
  ** invoke the callback function.
  */
  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack && pParse->nested==0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC);
  }

update_cleanup:
  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
................................................................................
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column,  ephemTab, 0, iReg);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1);
  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i);
  }
  sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB);

  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1);
  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0);

  /* Cleanup */
  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);  
}
................................................................................
/*
** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[]
** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it.  Add pTab to the
** array if it is missing.  If pTab is already in the array, this routine
** is a no-op.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){

  int i, n;
  Table **apVtabLock;

  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
  for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){
    if( pTab==pParse->apVtabLock[i] ) return;
  }
  n = (pParse->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pParse->apVtabLock[0]);
  apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pParse->apVtabLock, n);
  if( apVtabLock ){
    pParse->apVtabLock = apVtabLock;
    pParse->apVtabLock[pParse->nVtabLock++] = pTab;
  }else{
    pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
  }
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/
................................................................................
** A WhereCost object records a lookup strategy and the estimated
** cost of pursuing that strategy.
*/
struct WhereCost {
  WherePlan plan;    /* The lookup strategy */
  double rCost;      /* Overall cost of pursuing this search strategy */
  double nRow;       /* Estimated number of output rows */

};

/*
** Bitmasks for the operators that indices are able to exploit.  An
** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for
** terms in the where clause.
*/
................................................................................
  struct ExprList_item *pTerm;    /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;

  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
  nTerm = pOrderBy->nExpr;
  assert( nTerm>0 );






  /* Match terms of the ORDER BY clause against columns of
  ** the index.
  **
  ** Note that indices have pIdx->nColumn regular columns plus
  ** one additional column containing the rowid.  The rowid column
  ** of the index is also allowed to match against the ORDER BY
  ** clause.
................................................................................
      ** left-most table of the FROM clause */
      break;
    }
    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr);
    if( !pColl ){
      pColl = db->pDfltColl;
    }
    if( i<pIdx->nColumn ){
      iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
      if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){
        iColumn = -1;
      }
      iSortOrder = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
      zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
    }else{
................................................................................
      }else{
        /* If an index column fails to match and is not constrained by ==
        ** then the index cannot satisfy the ORDER BY constraint.
        */
        return 0;
      }
    }
    assert( pIdx->aSortOrder!=0 );
    assert( pTerm->sortOrder==0 || pTerm->sortOrder==1 );
    assert( iSortOrder==0 || iSortOrder==1 );
    termSortOrder = iSortOrder ^ pTerm->sortOrder;
    if( i>nEqCol ){
      if( termSortOrder!=sortOrder ){
        /* Indices can only be used if all ORDER BY terms past the
        ** equality constraints are all either DESC or ASC. */
................................................................................
      && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){
    /* All terms of this index match some prefix of the ORDER BY clause
    ** and the index is UNIQUE and no terms on the tail of the ORDER BY
    ** clause reference other tables in a join.  If this is all true then
    ** the order by clause is superfluous. */
    return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Check table to see if the ORDER BY clause in pOrderBy can be satisfied
** by sorting in order of ROWID.  Return true if so and set *pbRev to be
** true for reverse ROWID and false for forward ROWID order.
*/
static int sortableByRowid(
  int base,               /* Cursor number for table to be sorted */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* The ORDER BY clause */
  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from table cursors to bitmaps */
  int *pbRev              /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */
){
  Expr *p;

  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
  assert( pOrderBy->nExpr>0 );
  p = pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr;
  if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==base && p->iColumn==-1
    && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, 1, base) ){
    *pbRev = pOrderBy->a[0].sortOrder;
    return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Prepare a crude estimate of the logarithm of the input value.
** The results need not be exact.  This is only used for estimating
** the total cost of performing operations with O(logN) or O(NlogN)
................................................................................
    ){
      WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
      WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm];
      WhereTerm *pOrTerm;
      int flags = WHERE_MULTI_OR;
      double rTotal = 0;
      double nRow = 0;


      for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTerm<pOrWCEnd; pOrTerm++){
        WhereCost sTermCost;
        WHERETRACE(("... Multi-index OR testing for term %d of %d....\n", 
          (pOrTerm - pOrWC->a), (pTerm - pWC->a)
        ));
        if( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){
................................................................................
          tempWC.nTerm = 1;
          bestIndex(pParse, &tempWC, pSrc, notReady, 0, &sTermCost);
        }else{
          continue;
        }
        rTotal += sTermCost.rCost;
        nRow += sTermCost.nRow;

        if( rTotal>=pCost->rCost ) break;
      }

      /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, increase the scan cost to account 
      ** for the cost of the sort. */
      if( pOrderBy!=0 ){
        rTotal += nRow*estLog(nRow);
................................................................................
      /* If the cost of scanning using this OR term for optimization is
      ** less than the current cost stored in pCost, replace the contents
      ** of pCost. */
      WHERETRACE(("... multi-index OR cost=%.9g nrow=%.9g\n", rTotal, nRow));
      if( rTotal<pCost->rCost ){
        pCost->rCost = rTotal;
        pCost->nRow = nRow;

        pCost->plan.wsFlags = flags;
        pCost->plan.u.pTerm = pTerm;
      }
    }
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
}
................................................................................
  ** each time.
  */
  pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
  pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage;
  for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
    j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
    pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
    pIdxCons->usable =  (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0 ?1:0;
  }
  memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint);
  if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){
    sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr);
  }
  pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0;
  pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0;
................................................................................
  if( !pOrderBy ){
    pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = 0;
  }

  if( vtabBestIndex(pParse, pTab, pIdxInfo) ){
    return;
  }








  /* The cost is not allowed to be larger than SQLITE_BIG_DBL (the
  ** inital value of lowestCost in this loop. If it is, then the
  ** (cost<lowestCost) test below will never be true.
  ** 
  ** Use "(double)2" instead of "2.0" in case OMIT_FLOATING_POINT 
  ** is defined.
................................................................................

  /* Try to find a more efficient access pattern by using multiple indexes
  ** to optimize an OR expression within the WHERE clause. 
  */
  bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pOrderBy, pCost);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
















































































































































































































/*
** Find the query plan for accessing a particular table.  Write the
** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied as the
** last parameter.
**
** The lowest cost plan wins.  The cost is an estimate of the amount of
................................................................................
  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to search */
  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,         /* The ORDER BY clause */
  WhereCost *pCost            /* Lowest cost query plan */
){
  WhereTerm *pTerm;           /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
  int iCur = pSrc->iCursor;   /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */
  Index *pProbe;              /* An index we are evaluating */

  int rev;                    /* True to scan in reverse order */
  int wsFlags;                /* Flags associated with pProbe */
  int nEq;                    /* Number of == or IN constraints */
  int eqTermMask;             /* Mask of valid equality operators */
  double cost;                /* Cost of using pProbe */
  double nRow;                /* Estimated number of rows in result set */
  int i;                      /* Loop counter */

  WHERETRACE(("bestIndex: tbl=%s notReady=%llx\n", pSrc->pTab->zName,notReady));
  pProbe = pSrc->pTab->pIndex;
  if( pSrc->notIndexed ){
    pProbe = 0;
  }

  /* If the table has no indices and there are no terms in the where
  ** clause that refer to the ROWID, then we will never be able to do
  ** anything other than a full table scan on this table.  We might as
  ** well put it first in the join order.  That way, perhaps it can be
  ** referenced by other tables in the join.
  */

  memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost));
  if( pProbe==0 &&
     findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE,0)==0 &&
     (pOrderBy==0 || !sortableByRowid(iCur, pOrderBy, pWC->pMaskSet, &rev)) ){
     if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder ){
      /* For application testing, randomly reverse the output order for
      ** SELECT statements that omit the ORDER BY clause.  This will help
      ** to find cases where
      */
      pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
    }
    return;
  }
  pCost->rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;

  /* Check for a rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) constraints. If there was
  ** an INDEXED BY clause attached to this table, skip this step.
  */
  if( !pSrc->pIndex ){
    pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
    if( pTerm ){
      Expr *pExpr;
      pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_ROWID_EQ;
      if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ){
        /* Rowid== is always the best pick.  Look no further.  Because only
        ** a single row is generated, output is always in sorted order */
        pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_ROWID_EQ | WHERE_UNIQUE;
        pCost->plan.nEq = 1;
        WHERETRACE(("... best is rowid\n"));
        pCost->rCost = 0;
        pCost->nRow = 1;
        return;
      }else if( !ExprHasProperty((pExpr = pTerm->pExpr), EP_xIsSelect) 
             && pExpr->x.pList 
      ){
        /* Rowid IN (LIST): cost is NlogN where N is the number of list
        ** elements.  */
        pCost->rCost = pCost->nRow = pExpr->x.pList->nExpr;
        pCost->rCost *= estLog(pCost->rCost);
      }else{
        /* Rowid IN (SELECT): cost is NlogN where N is the number of rows
        ** in the result of the inner select.  We have no way to estimate
        ** that value so make a wild guess. */
        pCost->nRow = 100;
        pCost->rCost = 200;
      }
      WHERETRACE(("... rowid IN cost: %.9g\n", pCost->rCost));
    }
  
    /* Estimate the cost of a table scan.  If we do not know how many
    ** entries are in the table, use 1 million as a guess.
    */
    cost = pProbe ? pProbe->aiRowEst[0] : 1000000;
    WHERETRACE(("... table scan base cost: %.9g\n", cost));
    wsFlags = WHERE_ROWID_RANGE;
  
    /* Check for constraints on a range of rowids in a table scan.
    */
    pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, 0);
    if( pTerm ){
      if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0) ){
        wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
        cost /= 3;  /* Guess that rowid<EXPR eliminates two-thirds of rows */
      }
      if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0) ){
        wsFlags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
        cost /= 3;  /* Guess that rowid>EXPR eliminates two-thirds of rows */
      }
      WHERETRACE(("... rowid range reduces cost to %.9g\n", cost));
    }else{
      wsFlags = 0;
    }
    nRow = cost;
  
    /* If the table scan does not satisfy the ORDER BY clause, increase
    ** the cost by NlogN to cover the expense of sorting. */
    if( pOrderBy ){
      if( sortableByRowid(iCur, pOrderBy, pWC->pMaskSet, &rev) ){
        wsFlags |= WHERE_ORDERBY|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE;
        if( rev ){
          wsFlags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
        }
      }else{
        cost += cost*estLog(cost);
        WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases cost to %.9g\n", cost));
      }
    }else if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder ){
      /* For application testing, randomly reverse the output order for
      ** SELECT statements that omit the ORDER BY clause.  This will help
      ** to find cases where
      */
      wsFlags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
    }

    /* Remember this case if it is the best so far */
    if( cost<pCost->rCost ){
      pCost->rCost = cost;
      pCost->nRow = nRow;
      pCost->plan.wsFlags = wsFlags;
    }
  }

  bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pOrderBy, pCost);

  /* If the pSrc table is the right table of a LEFT JOIN then we may not
  ** use an index to satisfy IS NULL constraints on that table.  This is
  ** because columns might end up being NULL if the table does not match -
  ** a circumstance which the index cannot help us discover.  Ticket #2177.
  */
  if( (pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
    eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN;
  }else{
    eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL;
  }

  /* Look at each index.
  */
  if( pSrc->pIndex ){

    pProbe = pSrc->pIndex;
















  }
  for(; pProbe; pProbe=(pSrc->pIndex ? 0 : pProbe->pNext)){
    double inMultiplier = 1;  /* Number of equality look-ups needed */
    int inMultIsEst = 0;      /* True if inMultiplier is an estimate */










    WHERETRACE(("... index %s:\n", pProbe->zName));







    /* Count the number of columns in the index that are satisfied
    ** by x=EXPR or x IS NULL constraints or x IN (...) constraints.
    ** For a term of the form x=EXPR or x IS NULL we only have to do 
    ** a single binary search.  But for x IN (...) we have to do a
    ** number of binary searched
    ** equal to the number of entries on the RHS of the IN operator.
    ** The inMultipler variable with try to estimate the number of
    ** binary searches needed.


    */





    wsFlags = 0;



































































    for(i=0; i<pProbe->nColumn; i++){

      int j = pProbe->aiColumn[i];
      pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, eqTermMask, pProbe);
      if( pTerm==0 ) break;
      wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
      if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){
        Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
        wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN;
        if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
          inMultiplier *= 25;
          inMultIsEst = 1;
        }else if( pExpr->x.pList ){
          inMultiplier *= pExpr->x.pList->nExpr + 1;
        }
      }else if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ){
        wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL;
      }

    }
    nRow = pProbe->aiRowEst[i] * inMultiplier;
    /* If inMultiplier is an estimate and that estimate results in an

    ** nRow it that is more than half number of rows in the table,
    ** then reduce inMultipler */
    if( inMultIsEst && nRow*2 > pProbe->aiRowEst[0] ){
      nRow = pProbe->aiRowEst[0]/2;

      inMultiplier = nRow/pProbe->aiRowEst[i];





    }
    cost = nRow + inMultiplier*estLog(pProbe->aiRowEst[0]);
    nEq = i;






    if( pProbe->onError!=OE_None && nEq==pProbe->nColumn ){
      testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN );
      testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL );
      if( (wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL))==0 ){
        wsFlags |= WHERE_UNIQUE;
      }
    }
    WHERETRACE(("...... nEq=%d inMult=%.9g nRow=%.9g cost=%.9g\n",
                nEq, inMultiplier, nRow, cost));



    /* Look for range constraints.  Assume that each range constraint
    ** makes the search space 1/3rd smaller.
    */
    if( nEq<pProbe->nColumn ){
      int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq];
      pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, pProbe);
      if( pTerm ){
        wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE;
        if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, pProbe) ){
          wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
          cost /= 3;
          nRow /= 3;
        }
        if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, pProbe) ){
          wsFlags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
          cost /= 3;
          nRow /= 3;
        }
        WHERETRACE(("...... range reduces nRow to %.9g and cost to %.9g\n",
                    nRow, cost));
      }
    }

    /* Add the additional cost of sorting if that is a factor.
    */
    if( pOrderBy ){
      if( (wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL))==0
       && isSortingIndex(pParse,pWC->pMaskSet,pProbe,iCur,pOrderBy,nEq,&rev)
      ){
        if( wsFlags==0 ){
          wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE;
        }
        wsFlags |= WHERE_ORDERBY;
        if( rev ){
          wsFlags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
        }
      }else{
        cost += cost*estLog(cost);
        WHERETRACE(("...... orderby increases cost to %.9g\n", cost));

      }
    }else if( wsFlags!=0 && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder)!=0 ){
      /* For application testing, randomly reverse the output order for
      ** SELECT statements that omit the ORDER BY clause.  This will help
      ** to find cases where
      */
      wsFlags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
    }

    /* Check to see if we can get away with using just the index without
    ** ever reading the table.  If that is the case, then halve the
    ** cost of this index.
    */
    if( wsFlags && pSrc->colUsed < (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){






      Bitmask m = pSrc->colUsed;
      int j;
      for(j=0; j<pProbe->nColumn; j++){
        int x = pProbe->aiColumn[j];
        if( x<BMS-1 ){
          m &= ~(((Bitmask)1)<<x);
        }
      }
      if( m==0 ){
        wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY;







































        cost /= 2;
        WHERETRACE(("...... idx-only reduces cost to %.9g\n", cost));
      }

    }







    /* If this index has achieved the lowest cost so far, then use it.


    */
    if( wsFlags!=0 && cost < pCost->rCost ){

      pCost->rCost = cost;
      pCost->nRow = nRow;

      pCost->plan.wsFlags = wsFlags;
      pCost->plan.nEq = nEq;
      assert( pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED );
      pCost->plan.u.pIdx = pProbe;
    }
  }




  /* Report the best result
  */











  pCost->plan.wsFlags |= eqTermMask;
  WHERETRACE(("best index is %s, nrow=%.9g, cost=%.9g, wsFlags=%x, nEq=%d\n",


        (pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ?


             pCost->plan.u.pIdx->zName : "(none)", pCost->nRow,








        pCost->rCost, pCost->plan.wsFlags, pCost->plan.nEq));
}

/*
** Find the query plan for accessing table pSrc->pTab. Write the
** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied 
** as the last parameter. This function may calculate the cost of
** both real and virtual table scans.
................................................................................
        disableTerm(pLevel, pOther);
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Apply the affinities associated with the first n columns of index
** pIdx to the values in the n registers starting at base.




*/
static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, Index *pIdx){
  if( n>0 ){
    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
    assert( v!=0 );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n);
    sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);

    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n);
  }
}


/*
** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause.  An equality
** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...).   pTerm is the term to be 
** coded.
................................................................................
**
** This routine always allocates at least one memory cell and returns
** the index of that memory cell. The code that
** calls this routine will use that memory cell to store the termination
** key value of the loop.  If one or more IN operators appear, then
** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal
** use.















*/
static int codeAllEqualityTerms(
  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
  WhereLevel *pLevel,   /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */
  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause */
  Bitmask notReady,     /* Which parts of FROM have not yet been coded */
  int nExtraReg         /* Number of extra registers to allocate */

){
  int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq;   /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* The vm under construction */
  Index *pIdx;                  /* The index being used for this loop */
  int iCur = pLevel->iTabCur;   /* The cursor of the table */
  WhereTerm *pTerm;             /* A single constraint term */
  int j;                        /* Loop counter */
  int regBase;                  /* Base register */
  int nReg;                     /* Number of registers to allocate */


  /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */
  assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED );
  pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;

  /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them.
  */
  regBase = pParse->nMem + 1;
  nReg = pLevel->plan.nEq + nExtraReg;
  pParse->nMem += nReg;






  /* Evaluate the equality constraints
  */
  assert( pIdx->nColumn>=nEq );
  for(j=0; j<nEq; j++){
    int r1;
    int k = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
................................................................................
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j);
      }
    }
    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
    if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk);




    }
  }


  return regBase;
}

/*
** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause
** implementation described by pWInfo.
*/
................................................................................
    int endEq;                   /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */
    int start_constraints;       /* Start of range is constrained */
    int nConstraint;             /* Number of constraint terms */
    Index *pIdx;         /* The index we will be using */
    int iIdxCur;         /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
    int nExtraReg = 0;   /* Number of extra registers needed */
    int op;              /* Instruction opcode */


    pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
    iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
    k = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq];     /* Column for inequality constraints */

    /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that 
    ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." 
................................................................................
      nExtraReg = 1;
    }

    /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN
    ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers
    ** starting at regBase.
    */

    regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse, pLevel, pWC, notReady, nExtraReg);

    addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;


    /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
    ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the 
    ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
    */
    if( bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC) ){
      SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart);
................................................................................
    startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
    endEq =   !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
    start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0;

    /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */
    nConstraint = nEq;
    if( pRangeStart ){

      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight, regBase+nEq);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);








      nConstraint++;
    }else if( isMinQuery ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
      nConstraint++;
      startEq = 0;
      start_constraints = 1;
    }
    codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint, pIdx);
    op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev];
    assert( op!=0 );
    testcase( op==OP_Rewind );
    testcase( op==OP_Last );
    testcase( op==OP_SeekGt );
    testcase( op==OP_SeekGe );
    testcase( op==OP_SeekLe );
................................................................................
                      SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nConstraint), P4_INT32);

    /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the
    ** range (if any).
    */
    nConstraint = nEq;
    if( pRangeEnd ){

      sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq);
      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight, regBase+nEq);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);









      codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nEq+1, pIdx);
      nConstraint++;
    }

    /* Top of the loop body */
    pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);

    /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */
................................................................................
  pLevel = pWInfo->a;
  andFlags = ~0;
  WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Start ***\n"));
  for(i=iFrom=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pLevel++){
    WhereCost bestPlan;         /* Most efficient plan seen so far */
    Index *pIdx;                /* Index for FROM table at pTabItem */
    int j;                      /* For looping over FROM tables */
    int bestJ = 0;              /* The value of j */
    Bitmask m;                  /* Bitmask value for j or bestJ */
    int once = 0;               /* True when first table is seen */

    memset(&bestPlan, 0, sizeof(bestPlan));
    bestPlan.rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;




































    for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; j<pTabList->nSrc; j++, pTabItem++){
      int doNotReorder;    /* True if this table should not be reordered */
      WhereCost sCost;     /* Cost information from best[Virtual]Index() */
      ExprList *pOrderBy;  /* ORDER BY clause for index to optimize */

      doNotReorder =  (pTabItem->jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0;
      if( once && doNotReorder ) break;
      m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
      if( (m & notReady)==0 ){
        if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++;
        continue;
      }
      pOrderBy = ((i==0 && ppOrderBy )?*ppOrderBy:0);

      assert( pTabItem->pTab );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
      if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){
        sqlite3_index_info **pp = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo;
        bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, notReady, pOrderBy, &sCost, pp);
      }else 
#endif
      {
        bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, notReady, pOrderBy, &sCost);
      }



      if( once==0 || sCost.rCost<bestPlan.rCost ){
        once = 1;

        bestPlan = sCost;
        bestJ = j;
      }
      if( doNotReorder ) break;
    }

    assert( once );
    assert( notReady & getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor) );
    WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer selects table %d for loop %d\n", bestJ,
           pLevel-pWInfo->a));
    if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 ){
      *ppOrderBy = 0;
    }
    andFlags &= bestPlan.plan.wsFlags;
................................................................................
*/
/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/
/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/
/***** This file contains automatically generated code ******
**
** The code in this file has been automatically generated by
**
**     $Header: /sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c,v 1.38 2009/06/09 14:27:41 drh Exp $
**
** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether
** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword.  The same thing
** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table.
** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code
** is substantially reduced.  This is important for embedded applications
** on platforms with limited memory.
................................................................................
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
** accessed by users of the library.
**
** $Id: main.c,v 1.562 2009/07/20 11:32:03 drh Exp $
*/

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/
/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/
/*
** 2006 Oct 10
................................................................................
/*
** The version of the library
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
#endif
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }

SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; }
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; }

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
/*
** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if
** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing
................................................................................
  ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex.  Note that
  ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the
  ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static
  ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem.
  */
  pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);

  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
    rc = sqlite3MallocInit();
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1;
    if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){

      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      }
    }
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++;
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);

  /* If unable to initialize the malloc subsystem, then return early.
  ** There is little hope of getting SQLite to run if the malloc
  ** subsystem cannot be initialized.
  */
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }

  /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so
  ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into
  ** sqlite3_initialize().  The recursive calls normally come through
................................................................................
  */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){
    FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1;
    memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions));
    sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions();

    rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();

    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){

      rc = sqlite3_os_init();
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, 
          sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1;
    }
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0;
................................................................................
** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread.  This
** routine is not threadsafe.  But it is safe to invoke this routine
** on when SQLite is already shut down.  If SQLite is already shut down
** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0;
    sqlite3PcacheShutdown();
    sqlite3_os_end();
    sqlite3_reset_auto_extension();







    sqlite3MallocEnd();



    sqlite3MutexEnd();
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0;
  }

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of
** the SQLite library at run-time.
**
................................................................................
}

/*
** Create a new collating function for database "db".  The name is zName
** and the encoding is enc.
*/
static int createCollation(
  sqlite3* db, 
  const char *zName, 
  int enc, 

  void* pCtx,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
  void(*xDel)(void*)
){
  CollSeq *pColl;
  int enc2;
  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
................................................................................

  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1);
  if( pColl ){
    pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
    pColl->pUser = pCtx;
    pColl->xDel = xDel;
    pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));

  }
  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}


/*
................................................................................
  SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH,
  SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT,
  SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP,
  SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG,
  SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED,
  SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH,
  SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER,

};

/*
** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values
*/
#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100
# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100
................................................................................
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<1
# error SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER must be at least 1
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767
# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767
#endif





/*
** Change the value of a limit.  Report the old value.
** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1.
** Make no changes but still report the old value if the
** new limit is negative.
................................................................................
  const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
  sqlite3 **ppDb,        /* OUT: Returned database handle */
  unsigned flags,        /* Operational flags */
  const char *zVfs       /* Name of the VFS to use */
){
  sqlite3 *db;
  int rc;
  CollSeq *pColl;
  int isThreadsafe;

  *ppDb = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
  if( rc ) return rc;
#endif
................................................................................
    isThreadsafe = 0;
  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){
    isThreadsafe = 0;
  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){
    isThreadsafe = 1;
  }else{
    isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex;





  }

  /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter
  **
  ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were
  ** dealt with in the previous code block.  Besides these, the only
  ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY,
................................................................................
  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames
#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
                 | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
                 | SQLITE_LoadExtension
#endif



      ;
  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule);
#endif

  db->pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
................................................................................
    goto opendb_out;
  }

  /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
  ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
  ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
  */
  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0);

  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);

  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);

  createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0);

  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    goto opendb_out;
  }
  db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0);
  assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 );

  /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */
  createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);

  /* Set flags on the built-in collating sequences */
  db->pDfltColl->type = SQLITE_COLL_BINARY;
  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "NOCASE", 0);
  if( pColl ){
    pColl->type = SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE;
  }


  /* Open the backend database driver */
  db->openFlags = flags;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFilename, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 
                           flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB,
                           &db->aDb[0].pBt);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
  int enc, 
  void* pCtx,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
){
  int rc;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
  rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
................................................................................
  void* pCtx,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
  void(*xDel)(void*)
){
  int rc;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
  rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel);
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
................................................................................
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  char *zName8;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
  zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1);
  if( zName8 ){
    rc = createCollation(db, zName8, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8);
  }
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
** version 3.6.18.  By combining all the individual C code files into this 
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a one translation
** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
** of 5% are more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
** translation unit.
**
** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
................................................................................
** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within
** the text of this file.  Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start
** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed
** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming
** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a
** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library.
**
** This amalgamation was generated on 2009-09-11 13:56:20 UTC.
*/
#define SQLITE_CORE 1
#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1
#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE
# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_API
................................................................................
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
**

*/
#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
#define _SQLITEINT_H_

/*
** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the
** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
**
** Ticket #2739:  The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any
** system #includes.  Hence, this block of code must be the very first
** code in all source files.
**
** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work
** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0).  If you compile on Red Hat 7.2
** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
** portability you should omit LFS.
**
** Similar is true for Mac OS X.  LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
# define _LARGE_FILE       1
# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
# endif
# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#endif

/*
** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the
** autoconf-based build
*/
#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H
#include "config.h"
#endif
................................................................................
** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
** operator.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
#endif

/*
** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH
#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK)
# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10
#else
# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000
#endif
#endif

/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/

/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */
#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */
#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */
................................................................................
*/
#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
#include <inttypes.h>
#endif

#define SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES 10

/*
** This macro is used to "hide" some ugliness in casting an int
** value to a ptr value under the MSVC 64-bit compiler.   Casting
** non 64-bit values to ptr types results in a "hard" error with 
** the MSVC 64-bit compiler which this attempts to avoid.  
**
................................................................................
#   define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(X))
# endif
#else
# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)   ((void*)&((char*)0)[X])
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)   ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0))
#endif





























/*
** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as either 0 or 1.
** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro.
** We support that for legacy
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
................................................................................
** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
**
** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes
** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
**
** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate.
**
** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
** part of the build process.


*/
#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
#define _SQLITE3_H_
#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */

/*
** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
................................................................................

/*
** Add the ability to override 'extern'
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN
# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_API
# define SQLITE_API
#endif


/*
** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those
** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental.  New applications
** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards
** compatibility only.  Application writers should be aware that
** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases.
**
** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that
** would generate warning messages when they were used.  But that
** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports
** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple
................................................................................
/*
** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers {H10010} <S60100>
**
** The SQLITE_VERSION and SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER #defines in
** the sqlite3.h file specify the version of SQLite with which
** that header file is associated.
**
** The "version" of SQLite is a string of the form "W.X.Y" or "W.X.Y.Z".

** The W value is major version number and is always 3 in SQLite3.
** The W value only changes when backwards compatibility is
** broken and we intend to never break backwards compatibility.
** The X value is the minor version number and only changes when
** there are major feature enhancements that are forwards compatible
** but not backwards compatible.
** The Y value is the release number and is incremented with
** each release but resets back to 0 whenever X is incremented.
** The Z value only appears on branch releases.
**
** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER is an integer that is computed as
** follows:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
** SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER = W*1000000 + X*1000 + Y
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the
** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">fossil configuration management
** system</a>.  The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
** macro is a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite
** within its configuration management system.  The string contains the
** date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 hash of the entire
** source tree.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
**
** Requirements: [H10011] [H10014]
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.6.18"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3006018
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2009-09-10 22:30:54 3ea10434434d27a1300ba2b58e2c47c54909f4ff"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers {H10020} <S60100>
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] #defines in the header,
** but are associated with the library instead of the header file.  Cautious
** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
** the header, and thus insure that the application is
** compiled with matching library and header files.
**
** <blockquote><pre>
** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion,SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** The sqlite3_libversion() function returns the same information as is
** in the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The function is provided
** for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have direct access to string
** constants within the DLL.  Similarly, the sqlite3_sourceid() function
** returns the same information as is in the [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] #define of
** the header file.
**
** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
**
** Requirements: [H10021] [H10022] [H10023]
*/
SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe {H10100} <S60100>
**
** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
**
** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
** The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
**
** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the
** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
**
** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 then mutexes are enabled by default but
** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000  /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE      0x00020000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE     0x00040000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics {H10240} <H11120>
**
** The xDeviceCapabilities method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these
** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010

/*
** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle {H11110} <S20110>
**
** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the 
** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer].  Individual OS interface
** implementations will
** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
** I/O operations on the open file.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file;
struct sqlite3_file {
................................................................................
**
** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2.
** When [custom builds | built for other platforms]
** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time
** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon
** failure.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void);
................................................................................
**
** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
** and low-level memory allocation routines.
**
** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].  
** By creating an instance of this object
** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its
** dynamic memory needs.
**
** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators]
** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
** conditions.
**
** The xMalloc and xFree methods must work like the
** malloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
** The xRealloc method must work like realloc() from the standard C library
** with the exception that if the second argument to xRealloc is zero,
** xRealloc must be a no-op - it must not perform any allocation or
** deallocation.  SQLite guaranteeds that the second argument to
** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
** And so in cases where xRoundup always returns a positive number,
** xRealloc can perform exactly as the standard library realloc() and
** still be in compliance with this specification.
**
** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
**
** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup.  If xRoundup returns 0, 
** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
**
** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  (For example,
** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
** xInit and xShutdown.
**
** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes
** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
** not need to be threadsafe either.  For all other methods, SQLite
** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which
** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized.
** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other
** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for
** serialization.
**
** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
** call to xShutdown().
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
................................................................................
** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.
** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
** profiling or testing, for example.</dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
** <dd>This option takes two arguments that determine the default
** memory allocation lookaside optimization.  The first argument is the
** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
** slots allocated to each database connection.  This option sets the
** <i>default</i> lookaside size.  The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
** configuration on individual connections.</dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE</dt>
** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to
** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object.  This object specifies the interface
** to a custom page cache implementation.  SQLite makes a copy of the
** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.</dd>
**
................................................................................
** is invoked.
**
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
** <dd>This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
** The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
** pointer to an memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
** The first argument may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the
** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()].  The second argument is the
** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the third argument is the number of
** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.  The buffer
** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  If the second argument is not
** a multiple of 8, it is internally rounded down to the next smaller
** multiple of 8.  See also: [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]</dd>
**
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE    1001  /* void* int int */


/*
................................................................................
  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions {H17400} <S70000><S20000>
**
** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
** from the standard C library.
**
** The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
** The strings returned by these two routines should be
** released by [sqlite3_free()].  Both routines return a
** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
................................................................................
**
** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
** When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
**
** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
................................................................................
** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
**
** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
** over the new database connection.  The flags parameter can take one of
** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
** and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flags:
**
** <dl>
** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>
**
** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
................................................................................
** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is creates it if
** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>
** </dl>
**
** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
** combinations shown above or one of the combinations shown above combined
** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX],
** [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flags,
** then the behavior is undefined.
**
** If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  If the
** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
** The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared
** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].  The
** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not
** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled.
**
** If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
** is created for the connection.  This in-memory database will vanish when
** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
................................................................................
** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
** [GLOB] operators.</dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
** <dd>The maximum number of variables in an SQL statement that can
** be bound.</dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt>
** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                1
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    2
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                3
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           4
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   5
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              6
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10

/*
** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement {H13010} <S10000>
** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
**
** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
** program using one of these routines.
................................................................................

/*
** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements {H13500} <S70300>
** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
**
** In the SQL strings input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
** templates:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  ?
** <li>  ?NNN
** <li>  :VVV
** <li>  @VVV
** <li>  $VVV
** </ul>
**
** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal,
** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifer.  The values of these
** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
**
** The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
**
................................................................................
** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is
** undefined.
**
** The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
** its parameters.  Any SQL function implementation should be able to work
** work with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be.  But some implementations may be
** more efficient with one encoding than another.  An application may
** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple
** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep.
** When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text
** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY].
**
................................................................................
** parameters. An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
** and xFinal and NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an existing
** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function callbacks.
**
** It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  SQLite will use
** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the
** SQL function is used.  A function implementation with a non-negative
** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
** a negative nArg.  A function where the preferred text encoding
** matches the database encoding is a better
** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
** A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
................................................................................
** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
** function result.
** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
** finished using that result.
** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content
** when it has finished using that result.
** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
**
** The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
** the application-defined function to be a copy the
................................................................................
** a expired BLOB handle fail with an return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
** Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
** rollback by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
** commit if the transaction continues to completion.
**
** Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
** the opened blob.  The size of a blob may not be changed by this
** interface.  Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
** blob.
**
** The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired,
** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using
** this interface.
**
................................................................................
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
** not want to.  {H17016} But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
** cases where it really needs one.  {END} If a faster non-recursive mutex
** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
**
** {H17017} The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. {END}  Six static mutexes are
** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
** {H17018} Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
................................................................................
** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
** it is passed a NULL pointer).
**
** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe.  It must be harmless to
** invoke xMutexInit() mutiple times within the same process and without
** intervening calls to xMutexEnd().  Second and subsequent calls to
** xMutexInit() must be no-ops.
**
** xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()]
** and its associates).  Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory
** allocation for a static mutex.  However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite
** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex.
**
** SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is
** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK.
** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself
** prior to returning.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
................................................................................
** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.
** Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.
**
** This routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero
** [error code] on failure.
**
** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic.  This routine can be
** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite
** interfaces.  However the values returned in *pCurrent and
** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time
** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter
** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections {H17520} <H17500>
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as
** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface.
**
** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs
** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from
** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked.
** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code
** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked.
**
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
** checked out.</dd>
** </dl>
*/
................................................................................
**
** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods] for additional information.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE], ...) interface can
** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an 
** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure. The majority of the 
** heap memory used by SQLite is used by the page cache to cache data read 
** from, or ready to be written to, the database file. By implementing a 
** custom page cache using this API, an application can control more 
** precisely the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which 
** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to 
** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for 
** how long.
**
** The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure are copied to an
** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config].  Hence
** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
** [sqlite3_config()] returns.
**
** The xInit() method is called once for each call to [sqlite3_initialize()]
** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). It is passed
** a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods.pArg value. It can be used to set
** up global structures and mutexes required by the custom page cache 
** implementation. 
**
** The xShutdown() method is called from within [sqlite3_shutdown()], 
** if the application invokes this API. It can be used to clean up 
** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
**
** SQLite holds a [SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE] mutex when it invokes
** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
** not need to be threadsafe either.  All other methods must be threadsafe
** in multithreaded applications.
**
** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
** call to xShutdown().
**
** The xCreate() method is used to construct a new cache instance.  SQLite
** will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
** though this is not guaranteed. The
** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
** be allocated by the cache.  szPage will not be a power of two.  szPage
** will the page size of the database file that is to be cached plus an
** increment (here called "R") of about 100 or 200.  SQLite will use the
** extra R bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
** database page on disk.  The value of R depends
** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
** R is constant for a particular build of SQLite.  The second argument to
** xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being created will
** be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
** it is purely advisory.  On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
** In other words, a cache created with bPurgeable set to false will
** never contain any unpinned pages.
**
** The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command. As with the bPurgeable parameter,
** the implementation is not required to do anything with this
** value; it is advisory only.
**
** The xPagecount() method should return the number of pages currently
** stored in the cache.
** 
** The xFetch() method is used to fetch a page and return a pointer to it. 
** A 'page', in this context, is a buffer of szPage bytes aligned at an
** 8-byte boundary. The page to be fetched is determined by the key. The
** mimimum key value is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page 
** is considered to be "pinned".
**
** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
** intact.  If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the
** behavior of the cache implementation is determined by the value of the
** createFlag parameter passed to xFetch, according to the following table:
**
** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behaviour when page is not already in cache
** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page.  Return NULL.
** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so.
**                 Otherwise return NULL.
** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page.  Only return
**                 NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible.















** </table>
**
** SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1.  If
** a call to xFetch() with createFlag==1 returns NULL, then SQLite will
** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of
** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. After
** attempting to unpin pages, the xFetch() method will be invoked again with
** a createFlag of 2.
**
** xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
** then the page should be evicted from the cache. In this case SQLite 
** assumes that the next time the page is retrieved from the cache using
** the xFetch() method, it will be zeroed. If the discard parameter is
** zero, then the page is considered to be unpinned. The cache implementation
** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.



**
** The cache is not required to perform any reference counting. A single 
** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls 
** to xFetch().
**
** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
** page passed as the second argument from oldKey to newKey. If the cache
................................................................................
# undef double
#endif

#if 0
}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif
#endif


/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 22
................................................................................
** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
** substitute integer for floating-point
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# define double sqlite_int64
# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64
# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
#   define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50)
# endif
# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1
# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1
# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
................................................................................
** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format
** that the library can read.
*/
#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 1
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0
#endif

/*
** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
** on the command-line
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1
................................................................................
typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan;
typedef struct FKey FKey;
typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash;
typedef struct IdList IdList;
typedef struct Index Index;
typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample;
typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside;
typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot;
typedef struct Module Module;
typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
typedef struct Parse Parse;
................................................................................
typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint;
typedef struct Select Select;
typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum;
typedef struct Table Table;
typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
typedef struct Token Token;
typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg;
typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
typedef struct VTable VTable;
typedef struct Walker Walker;
typedef struct WherePlan WherePlan;
typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
................................................................................

/*
** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required
** for the VdbeOp definition.
*/
typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc;
typedef struct Mem Mem;
typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram;

/*
** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
** and as many as three operands.  The instruction is recorded
** as an instance of the following structure:
*/
struct VdbeOp {
................................................................................
  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
  signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */
  u8 opflags;         /* Not currently used */
  u8 p5;              /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */
  int p1;             /* First operand */
  int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
  int p3;             /* The third parameter */
  union {             /* fourth parameter */
    int i;                 /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */
    void *p;               /* Generic pointer */
    char *z;               /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */
    i64 *pI64;             /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */
    double *pReal;         /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */
    FuncDef *pFunc;        /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */
    VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;   /* Used when p4type is P4_VDBEFUNC */
    CollSeq *pColl;        /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */
    Mem *pMem;             /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
    VTable *pVtab;         /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;     /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
    int *ai;               /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
    SubProgram *pProgram;  /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */
  } p4;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  char *zComment;          /* Comment to improve readability */
#endif
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  int cnt;                 /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
  u64 cycles;              /* Total time spent executing this instruction */
#endif
};
typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;


/*
** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program.
*/
struct SubProgram {
  VdbeOp *aOp;                  /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */
  int nOp;                      /* Elements in aOp[] */
  int nMem;                     /* Number of memory cells required */
  int nCsr;                     /* Number of cursors required */
  int nRef;                     /* Number of pointers to this structure */
  void *token;                  /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */
};

/*
** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
** it takes up less space.
*/
struct VdbeOpList {
  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
  signed char p1;     /* First operand */
  signed char p2;     /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
  signed char p3;     /* Third parameter */
};
typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;

/*
** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type
*/
#define P4_NOTUSED    0   /* The P4 parameter is not used */
#define P4_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
#define P4_STATIC   (-2)  /* Pointer to a static string */
#define P4_COLLSEQ  (-4)  /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
#define P4_FUNCDEF  (-5)  /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
#define P4_KEYINFO  (-6)  /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
................................................................................
#define P4_TRANSIENT (-9) /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */
#define P4_VTAB     (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
#define P4_MPRINTF  (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */
#define P4_REAL     (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
#define P4_INT64    (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
#define P4_INT32    (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
#define P4_SUBPROGRAM  (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */

/* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure
** is made.  That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized.  But if the
** argument is P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used.  It still
** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained
** from a single sqliteMalloc().  But no copy is made and the calling
** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo.
................................................................................
#define OP_Copy                                20
#define OP_Trace                               21
#define OP_Function                            22
#define OP_IfNeg                               23
#define OP_And                                 67   /* same as TK_AND      */
#define OP_Subtract                            85   /* same as TK_MINUS    */
#define OP_Noop                                24
#define OP_Program                             25
#define OP_Return                              26
#define OP_Remainder                           88   /* same as TK_REM      */
#define OP_NewRowid                            27
#define OP_Multiply                            86   /* same as TK_STAR     */
#define OP_Variable                            28
#define OP_String                              29
#define OP_RealAffinity                        30
#define OP_VRename                             31
#define OP_ParseSchema                         32
#define OP_VOpen                               33
#define OP_Close                               34
#define OP_CreateIndex                         35
#define OP_IsUnique                            36
#define OP_NotFound                            37
#define OP_Int64                               38
#define OP_MustBeInt                           39
#define OP_Halt                                40
#define OP_Rowid                               41
#define OP_IdxLT                               42
#define OP_AddImm                              43

#define OP_RowData                             44
#define OP_MemMax                              45
#define OP_Or                                  66   /* same as TK_OR       */
#define OP_NotExists                           46
#define OP_Gosub                               47
#define OP_Divide                              87   /* same as TK_SLASH    */
#define OP_Integer                             48
................................................................................
#define OP_Last                                54
#define OP_SeekLe                              55
#define OP_IsNull                              71   /* same as TK_ISNULL   */
#define OP_IncrVacuum                          56
#define OP_IdxRowid                            57
#define OP_ShiftRight                          83   /* same as TK_RSHIFT   */
#define OP_ResetCount                          58

#define OP_Yield                               59
#define OP_DropTrigger                         60
#define OP_DropIndex                           61
#define OP_Param                               62
#define OP_IdxGE                               63
#define OP_IdxDelete                           64
#define OP_Vacuum                              65
#define OP_IfNot                               68
#define OP_DropTable                           69
#define OP_SeekLt                              70
#define OP_MakeRecord                          79
................................................................................
#define OP_Clear                               98
#define OP_Le                                  76   /* same as TK_LE       */
#define OP_VerifyCookie                        99
#define OP_AggStep                            100
#define OP_ToText                             139   /* same as TK_TO_TEXT  */
#define OP_Not                                 19   /* same as TK_NOT      */
#define OP_ToReal                             143   /* same as TK_TO_REAL  */

#define OP_Transaction                        101
#define OP_VFilter                            102
#define OP_Ne                                  73   /* same as TK_NE       */
#define OP_VDestroy                           103

#define OP_BitOr                               81   /* same as TK_BITOR    */
#define OP_Next                               104
#define OP_Count                              105
#define OP_IdxInsert                          106
#define OP_Lt                                  77   /* same as TK_LT       */
#define OP_SeekGe                             107
#define OP_Insert                             108
#define OP_Destroy                            109
#define OP_ReadCookie                         110
#define OP_RowSetTest                         111
#define OP_LoadAnalysis                       112
#define OP_Explain                            113
#define OP_HaltIfNull                         114
#define OP_OpenPseudo                         115
#define OP_OpenEphemeral                      116
#define OP_Null                               117
#define OP_Move                               118
#define OP_Blob                               119
#define OP_Add                                 84   /* same as TK_PLUS     */
#define OP_Rewind                             120
#define OP_SeekGt                             121
#define OP_VBegin                             122
#define OP_VUpdate                            123
#define OP_IfZero                             124
#define OP_BitNot                              93   /* same as TK_BITNOT   */
#define OP_VCreate                            125
#define OP_Found                              126
#define OP_IfPos                              127
#define OP_NullRow                            128
#define OP_Jump                               129
#define OP_Permutation                        131

/* The following opcode values are never used */
#define OP_NotUsed_132                        132
#define OP_NotUsed_133                        133
#define OP_NotUsed_134                        134
#define OP_NotUsed_135                        135
#define OP_NotUsed_136                        136
#define OP_NotUsed_137                        137
#define OP_NotUsed_138                        138


................................................................................
#define OPFLG_IN2             0x0008  /* in2:   P2 is an input */
#define OPFLG_IN3             0x0010  /* in3:   P3 is an input */
#define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0020  /* out3:  P3 is an output */
#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x08, 0x02, 0x00,\
/*   8 */ 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  16 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05,\
/*  24 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x04, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x04, 0x00,\
/*  32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x05,\
/*  40 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x04, 0x00, 0x08, 0x11, 0x01,\
/*  48 */ 0x02, 0x01, 0x21, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x11,\
/*  56 */ 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11,\
/*  64 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x05, 0x00, 0x11, 0x05,\
/*  72 */ 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x00,\
/*  80 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c,\
/*  88 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x00,\
/*  96 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00,\
/* 104 */ 0x01, 0x02, 0x08, 0x11, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x15,\
/* 112 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02,\
/* 120 */ 0x01, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00, 0x11, 0x05,\
/* 128 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\
}

/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/

/*
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr, int N);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeProgramDelete(sqlite3 *, SubProgram *, int);

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(int);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,char*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
................................................................................
**
*/
#define PENDING_BYTE      sqlite3PendingByte
#define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
#define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
#define SHARED_SIZE       510

/*
** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void);

/* 
** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods 
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size);
................................................................................
#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
#define DB_Empty           0x0004  /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */

/*
** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited
** using the sqlite3_limit() interface.
*/
#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH+1)

/*
** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used
** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects
** associated with a particular database connection.  The use of
** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement
** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x00004000 /* For shared-cache mode */
#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00008000  /* Create new databases in format 1 */
#define SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00010000  /* Use full fsync on the backend */
#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00020000  /* Enable load_extension */

#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode   0x00040000  /* Ignore schema errors */
#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder   0x00100000  /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */
#define SQLITE_RecTriggers    0x00200000  /* Enable recursive triggers */

/*
** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
** than being distinct from one another.
*/
#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN     0xa029a697  /* Database is open */
................................................................................
  u8 onError;      /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
  u8 autoIndex;    /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */
  char *zColAff;   /* String defining the affinity of each column */
  Index *pNext;    /* The next index associated with the same table */
  Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */
  u8 *aSortOrder;  /* Array of size Index.nColumn. True==DESC, False==ASC */
  char **azColl;   /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
  IndexSample *aSample;    /* Array of SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES samples */
};

/*
** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat2 table is represented in memory 
** using a structure of this type.
*/
struct IndexSample {
  union {
    char *z;        /* Value if eType is SQLITE_TEXT or SQLITE_BLOB */
    double r;       /* Value if eType is SQLITE_FLOAT or SQLITE_INTEGER */
  } u;
  u8 eType;         /* SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER ... etc. */
  u8 nByte;         /* Size in byte of text or blob. */
};

/*
** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
**
** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
................................................................................

  /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
  *********************************************************************/

  int iTable;            /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column
                         ** TK_REGISTER: register number
                         ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old */
  i16 iColumn;           /* TK_COLUMN: column index.  -1 for rowid */
  i16 iAgg;              /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
  i16 iRightJoinTable;   /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
  u8 flags2;             /* Second set of flags.  EP2_... */
  u8 op2;                /* If a TK_REGISTER, the original value of Expr.op */
  AggInfo *pAggInfo;     /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */
  Table *pTab;           /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */
#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
  int nHeight;           /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
#endif
};

................................................................................
/*
** Size of the column cache
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE
# define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10
#endif

/*
** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each 
** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at
** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been
** completed.
**
** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger
** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of
** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable.
** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same
** values for both pTrigger and orconf.
**
** The TriggerPrg.oldmask variable is set to a mask of old.* columns
** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT 
** statements).
*/
struct TriggerPrg {
  Trigger *pTrigger;      /* Trigger this program was coded from */
  int orconf;             /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */
  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */
  u32 oldmask;            /* Mask of old.* columns accessed */
  TriggerPrg *pNext;      /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */
};

/*
** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
**
** The structure is divided into two parts.  When the parser and code
** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
................................................................................
    u8 tempReg;           /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */
    int iLevel;           /* Nesting level */
    int iReg;             /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */
    int lru;              /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */
  } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE];  /* One for each column cache entry */
  u32 writeMask;       /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
  u32 cookieMask;      /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
  u8 isMultiWrite;     /* True if statement may affect/insert multiple rows */
  u8 mayAbort;         /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */
  int cookieGoto;      /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */
  int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
#endif
  int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
  int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
  AutoincInfo *pAinc;  /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */
  int nMaxArg;         /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */

  /* Information used while coding trigger programs. */
  Parse *pToplevel;    /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */
  Table *pTriggerTab;  /* Table triggers are being coded for */
  u32 oldmask;         /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */
  u8 eTriggerOp;       /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */
  u8 eOrconf;          /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */

  /* Above is constant between recursions.  Below is reset before and after
  ** each recursion */

  int nVar;            /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
  int nVarExpr;        /* Number of used slots in apVarExpr[] */
  int nVarExprAlloc;   /* Number of allocated slots in apVarExpr[] */
................................................................................
  int *aAlias;         /* Register used to hold aliased result */
  u8 explain;          /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
  Token sNameToken;    /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
  Token sLastToken;    /* The last token parsed */
  const char *zTail;   /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
  Table *pNewTable;    /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
  Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */

  const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  Token sArg;                /* Complete text of a module argument */
  u8 declareVtab;            /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
  int nVtabLock;             /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
  Table **apVtabLock;        /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
#endif
  int nHeight;            /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
  Table *pZombieTab;      /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */
  TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg;    /* Linked list of coded triggers */
};

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
#else
  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab)
#endif
................................................................................
  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
};

/*
** Bitfield flags for P5 value in OP_Insert and OP_Delete
*/
#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE       0x01    /* Set to update db->nChange */
#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID     0x02    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE      0x04    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
#define OPFLAG_APPEND        0x08    /* This is likely to be an append */
#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10    /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */
#define OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE    0x20    /* Clear pseudo-table cache in OP_Column */

/*
 * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
 * struct Trigger. 
 *
 * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
 * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
................................................................................
 *    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
 *    struct Table.
 *
 * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
 * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
 */
struct Trigger {
  char *zName;            /* The name of the trigger                        */
  char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
  u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
  u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */
  IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
                             the <column-list> is stored here */
  Schema *pSchema;        /* Schema containing the trigger */
................................................................................
  Expr *pWhere;        /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */
  ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE.  VALUES clause for INSERT */
  IdList *pIdList;     /* Column names for INSERT */
  TriggerStep *pNext;  /* Next in the link-list */
  TriggerStep *pLast;  /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
};








































/*
** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
** explicit.  
*/
typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
struct DbFixer {
................................................................................
  int nPage;                        /* Number of pages in pPage[] */
  int mxParserStack;                /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
  int sharedCacheEnabled;           /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */
  /* The above might be initialized to non-zero.  The following need to always
  ** initially be zero, however. */
  int isInit;                       /* True after initialization has finished */
  int inProgress;                   /* True while initialization in progress */
  int isMutexInit;                  /* True after mutexes are initialized */
  int isMallocInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
  int isPCacheInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
  sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex;        /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
  int nRefInitMutex;                /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
};

/*
** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
*/
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, Trigger *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,int,
                                     int*,int,int,int,int,int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, char*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,int);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
                           Expr*,int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *,
                            int, int, int, int);
  void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*,
                                        ExprList*,Select*,u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   u32 sqlite3TriggerOldmask(Parse*,Trigger*,int,ExprList*,Table*,int);
# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p))
#else
# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0
# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J)
# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0
# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p
# define sqlite3TriggerOldmask(A,B,C,D,E,F) 0
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*);
................................................................................
*/
#define getVarint32(A,B)  (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80) ? ((B) = (u32)*(A)),1 : sqlite3GetVarint32((A), (u32 *)&(B)))
#define putVarint32(A,B)  (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80) ? (*(A) = (unsigned char)(B)),1 : sqlite3PutVarint32((A), (B)))
#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint


SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, 
                        void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf8to16(sqlite3 *, u8, char *, int, int *);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[];
SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(sqlite3*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(Index*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *);
................................................................................
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants.


*/


/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
** lower-case character. 
**
** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters.  We do not
................................................................................
   0,                         /* szScratch */
   0,                         /* nScratch */
   (void*)0,                  /* pPage */
   0,                         /* szPage */
   0,                         /* nPage */
   0,                         /* mxParserStack */
   0,                         /* sharedCacheEnabled */
   /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */
   0,                         /* isInit */
   0,                         /* inProgress */
   0,                         /* isMutexInit */
   0,                         /* isMallocInit */
   0,                         /* isPCacheInit */
   0,                         /* pInitMutex */
   0,                         /* nRefInitMutex */
};


/*
** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
................................................................................
  } else {
    int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5);
    x.s = s;
  }
  x.tz = 0;
  x.validJD = 0;
  computeJD(&x);
  t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000);
#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
  {
    struct tm sLocal;
    localtime_r(&t, &sLocal);
    y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
    y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
    y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
................................................................................
  const char *zPath, 
  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
  int flags, 
  int *pFlagsOut
){
  int rc;
  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
  /* 0x7f1f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed
  ** down into the VFS layer.  Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example,
  ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before
  ** reaching the VFS. */
  rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x7f1f, pFlagsOut);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 );
  return rc;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
  return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  assert( pFile );
  rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile);
  sqlite3_free(pFile);
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of
** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the
** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an
** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void){
  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10);
  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  sqlite3_free(p);
  return sqlite3_os_init();
}

/*
** The list of all registered VFS implementations.
*/
static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0;
#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList)

................................................................................
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory
** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
** be changed.
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
**
** This memory allocator uses the following algorithm:
**
**   1.  All memory allocations sizes are rounded up to a power of 2.
**
**   2.  If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block,
**       then the two blocks are coalesed into the single larger block.
**
**   3.  New memory is allocated from the first available free block.
**
** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions
** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for
** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499.
** 
** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum
** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.)  Let M
** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time.  Let
** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation.  Robson
** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to 
** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds:
**
**      N >=  M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1
**
** The sqlite3_status() logic tracks the maximum values of n and M so
** that an application can, at any time, verify this constraint.
*/

/*
** This version of the memory allocator is used only when 
** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5

/*
** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure.
** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the
** size of the array is a power of 2.
**
** The size of this object must be a power of two.  That fact is
** verified in memsys5Init().
*/
typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link;
struct Mem5Link {
  int next;       /* Index of next free chunk */
  int prev;       /* Index of previous free chunk */
};

/*
** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<<LOGMAX)*mem5.szAtom). Since
** mem5.szAtom is always at least 8 and 32-bit integers are used,
** it is not actually possible to reach this limit.
*/
#define LOGMAX 30

/*
** Masks used for mem5.aCtrl[] elements.
*/
#define CTRL_LOGSIZE  0x1f    /* Log2 Size of this block */
#define CTRL_FREE     0x20    /* True if not checked out */

/*
** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
** into a single structure named "mem5".  This is to keep the
** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global {
  /*
  ** Memory available for allocation
  */
  int szAtom;      /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
  int nBlock;      /* Number of szAtom sized blocks in zPool */
  u8 *zPool;       /* Memory available to be allocated */
  
  /*
  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;

  /*
................................................................................
  u32 currentOut;     /* Current checkout, including internal fragmentation */
  u32 currentCount;   /* Current number of distinct checkouts */
  u32 maxOut;         /* Maximum instantaneous currentOut */
  u32 maxCount;       /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */
  u32 maxRequest;     /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */
  
  /*
  ** Lists of free blocks.  aiFreelist[0] is a list of free blocks of
  ** size mem5.szAtom.  aiFreelist[1] holds blocks of size szAtom*2.
  ** and so forth.
  */
  int aiFreelist[LOGMAX+1];

  /*
  ** Space for tracking which blocks are checked out and the size
  ** of each block.  One byte per block.
  */
  u8 *aCtrl;

} mem5 = { 0 };

/*
** Access the static variable through a macro for SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
*/
#define mem5 GLOBAL(struct Mem5Global, mem5)

/*
** Assuming mem5.zPool is divided up into an array of Mem5Link
** structures, return a pointer to the idx-th such lik.
*/
#define MEM5LINK(idx) ((Mem5Link *)(&mem5.zPool[(idx)*mem5.szAtom]))

/*
** Unlink the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] from list it is currently
** on.  It should be found on mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize].
*/
static void memsys5Unlink(int i, int iLogsize){
  int next, prev;
................................................................................

/*
** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
*/
static void memsys5Enter(void){



  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex);
}
static void memsys5Leave(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex);
}

/*
................................................................................
** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
*/
static int memsys5Size(void *p){
  int iSize = 0;
  if( p ){
    int i = ((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom;
    assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
    iSize = mem5.szAtom * (1 << (mem5.aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE));
  }
  return iSize;
}

/*
** Find the first entry on the freelist iLogsize.  Unlink that
** entry and return its index. 
................................................................................
  }
  memsys5Unlink(iFirst, iLogsize);
  return iFirst;
}

/*
** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
** Return NULL if unable.  Return NULL if nBytes==0.
**
** The caller guarantees that nByte positive.
**
** The caller has obtained a mutex prior to invoking this
** routine so there is never any chance that two or more
** threads can be in this routine at the same time.
*/
static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
  int i;           /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */
  int iBin;        /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */
  int iFullSz;     /* Size of allocation rounded up to power of 2 */
  int iLogsize;    /* Log2 of iFullSz/POW2_MIN */

  /* nByte must be a positive */
  assert( nByte>0 );

  /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request.  Even unfulfilled
  ** requests are counted */
  if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){
    mem5.maxRequest = nByte;
  }

  /* Abort if the requested allocation size is larger than the largest
  ** power of two that we can represent using 32-bit signed integers.
  */
  if( nByte > 0x40000000 ){
    return 0;
  }

  /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */
  for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSz<nByte; iFullSz *= 2, iLogsize++){}

  /* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free
  ** block.  If not, then split a block of the next larger power of
  ** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize.
  */
  for(iBin=iLogsize; mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0 && iBin<=LOGMAX; iBin++){}
  if( iBin>LOGMAX ) return 0;
................................................................................
  mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte;
  mem5.currentCount++;
  mem5.currentOut += iFullSz;
  if( mem5.maxCount<mem5.currentCount ) mem5.maxCount = mem5.currentCount;
  if( mem5.maxOut<mem5.currentOut ) mem5.maxOut = mem5.currentOut;

  /* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */
  return (void*)&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.szAtom];
}

/*
** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
*/
static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
  u32 size, iLogsize;
  int iBlock;

  /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in 
  ** the array of mem5.szAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool.
  */
  iBlock = ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom;

  /* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */
  assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<mem5.nBlock );
  assert( ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)%mem5.szAtom==0 );
  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_FREE)==0 );

  iLogsize = mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE;
  size = 1<<iLogsize;
  assert( iBlock+size-1<(u32)mem5.nBlock );

  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE;
  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE;
  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 );
  assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.szAtom) );
  mem5.currentCount--;
  mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.szAtom;
  assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 );
  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 );

  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
  while( ALWAYS(iLogsize<LOGMAX) ){
    int iBuddy;
    if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){
      iBuddy = iBlock - size;
    }else{
      iBuddy = iBlock + size;
    }
    assert( iBuddy>=0 );
................................................................................
    memsys5Leave();
  }
  return (void*)p; 
}

/*
** Free memory.
**
** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
** being called with pPrior==0.
*/
static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){
  assert( pPrior!=0 );
  memsys5Enter();
  memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
  memsys5Leave();  
}

/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
**
** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
** being called with pPrior==0.  
**
** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to
** memsys5Round().  Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power
** of two.  If nBytes==0 that means that an oversize allocation
** (an allocation larger than 0x40000000) was requested and this
** routine should return 0 without freeing pPrior.
*/
static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
  int nOld;
  void *p;
  assert( pPrior!=0 );
  assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 );

  assert( nBytes>=0 );
  if( nBytes==0 ){

    return 0;
  }
  nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior);
  if( nBytes<=nOld ){
    return pPrior;
  }
  memsys5Enter();
................................................................................
    memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
  }
  memsys5Leave();
  return p;
}

/*
** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.  If
** the allocation is too large to be handled by this allocation system,
** return 0.
**
** All allocations must be a power of two and must be expressed by a
** 32-bit signed integer.  Hence the largest allocation is 0x40000000
** or 1073741824 bytes.
*/
static int memsys5Roundup(int n){
  int iFullSz;
  if( n > 0x40000000 ) return 0;
  for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom; iFullSz<n; iFullSz *= 2);
  return iFullSz;
}

/*
** Return the ceiling of the logarithm base 2 of iValue.
**
** Examples:   memsys5Log(1) -> 0
**             memsys5Log(2) -> 1
**             memsys5Log(4) -> 2
**             memsys5Log(5) -> 3
**             memsys5Log(8) -> 3
**             memsys5Log(9) -> 4
*/
static int memsys5Log(int iValue){
  int iLog;
  for(iLog=0; (1<<iLog)<iValue; iLog++);
  return iLog;
}

/*
** Initialize the memory allocator.
**
** This routine is not threadsafe.  The caller must be holding a mutex
** to prevent multiple threads from entering at the same time.
*/
static int memsys5Init(void *NotUsed){



  int ii;            /* Loop counter */
  int nByte;         /* Number of bytes of memory available to this allocator */
  u8 *zByte;         /* Memory usable by this allocator */
  int nMinLog;       /* Log base 2 of minimum allocation size in bytes */
  int iOffset;       /* An offset into mem5.aCtrl[] */

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);



  /* For the purposes of this routine, disable the mutex */
  mem5.mutex = 0;

  /* The size of a Mem5Link object must be a power of two.  Verify that
  ** this is case.
  */
  assert( (sizeof(Mem5Link)&(sizeof(Mem5Link)-1))==0 );

  nByte = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
  zByte = (u8*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
  assert( zByte!=0 );  /* sqlite3_config() does not allow otherwise */

  nMinLog = memsys5Log(sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq);
  mem5.szAtom = (1<<nMinLog);
  while( (int)sizeof(Mem5Link)>mem5.szAtom ){
    mem5.szAtom = mem5.szAtom << 1;
  }

  mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.szAtom+sizeof(u8)));
  mem5.zPool = zByte;
  mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.szAtom];

  for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){
    mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1;
  }

  iOffset = 0;
  for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){
................................................................................
    if( (iOffset+nAlloc)<=mem5.nBlock ){
      mem5.aCtrl[iOffset] = ii | CTRL_FREE;
      memsys5Link(iOffset, ii);
      iOffset += nAlloc;
    }
    assert((iOffset+nAlloc)>mem5.nBlock);
  }

  /* If a mutex is required for normal operation, allocate one */
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 ){
    mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
  }

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Deinitialize this module.
*/
static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  mem5.mutex = 0;
  return;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
** allocations into that log.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){

  FILE *out;
  int i, j, n;
  int nMinLog;

  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
    out = stdout;
  }else{
................................................................................
    if( out==0 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
                      zFilename);
      return;
    }
  }
  memsys5Enter();
  nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.szAtom);
  for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){
    for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){}
    fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.szAtom << i, n);
  }
  fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc       = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc   = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess  = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut   = %u\n", mem5.currentOut);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount);
  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut       = %u\n", mem5.maxOut);
................................................................................
  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest   = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest);
  memsys5Leave();
  if( out==stdout ){
    fflush(stdout);
  }else{
    fclose(out);
  }



}
#endif

/*
** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
** struct populated with the memsys5 methods.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){
................................................................................
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
**
** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations.

**
** $Id: mutex.c,v 1.31 2009/07/16 18:21:18 drh Exp $
*/

#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT)
/*
** For debugging purposes, record when the mutex subsystem is initialized
** and uninitialized so that we can assert() if there is an attempt to
** allocate a mutex while the system is uninitialized.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0;
#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */


#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
/*
** Initialize the mutex system.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ 
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
      memcpy(pTo, pFrom, offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexAlloc));
      memcpy(&pTo->xMutexFree, &pFrom->xMutexFree,
             sizeof(*pTo) - offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexFree));
      pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc;
    }
    rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit();
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1;
#endif

  return rc;
}

/*
** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by
** sqlite3MutexInit().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){
    rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd();
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 0;
#endif

  return rc;
}

/*
** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
................................................................................
  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
    return 0;
  }
  assert( GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) );
  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
}

/*
** Free a dynamic mutex.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
................................................................................
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
**
** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Six static mutexes are
** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
................................................................................
*/
static long winMutex_lock = 0;

static int winMutexInit(void){ 
  /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */
  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
      InitializeCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
    }
    winMutex_isInit = 1;
  }else{
    /* Someone else is in the process of initing the static mutexes */
    while( !winMutex_isInit ){
      Sleep(1);
................................................................................

static int winMutexEnd(void){ 
  /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown 
  ** (which should be the last to shutdown.) */
  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 0, 1)==1 ){
    if( winMutex_isInit==1 ){
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
        DeleteCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
      }
      winMutex_isInit = 0;
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}
................................................................................
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
**
** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Six static mutexes are
** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
................................................................................
        InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
      }
      break;
    }
    default: {
      assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
      assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) );
      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
      p->id = iType;
      break;
    }
  }
  return p;
}
................................................................................
  sqlite3_uint64 iLimit;
  int overage;
  if( n<0 ){
    iLimit = 0;
  }else{
    iLimit = n;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  sqlite3_initialize();
#endif
  if( iLimit>0 ){
    sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, iLimit);
  }else{
    sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0);
  }
  overage = (int)(sqlite3_memory_used() - (i64)n);
  if( overage>0 ){
................................................................................
    return 0;
  }
  if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){
    /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */
    return 0;
  }
  nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld);



  nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes);
  if( nOld==nNew ){
    pNew = pOld;

  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes);
    if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED)+nNew-nOld >= 
          mem0.alarmThreshold ){
      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nNew-nOld);
    }
    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
    if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes);
      pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
    }
    if( pNew ){
      nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew);
      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld);

    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{
    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
  }
  return pNew;
}

/*
** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc.  Make sure that the memory
** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc.
................................................................................
  int iDb;              /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
  i64 lastRowid;        /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */
  Bool zeroed;          /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */
  Bool rowidIsValid;    /* True if lastRowid is valid */
  Bool atFirst;         /* True if pointing to first entry */
  Bool useRandomRowid;  /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
  Bool nullRow;         /* True if pointing to a row with no data */


  Bool deferredMoveto;  /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
  Bool isTable;         /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
  Bool isIndex;         /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
  int pseudoTableReg;   /* Register holding pseudotable content. */


  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
  int nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;     /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */

  /* Result of last sqlite3BtreeMoveto() done by an OP_NotExists or 
  ** OP_IsUnique opcode on this cursor. */
  int seekResult;

  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheStatus matches
  ** Vdbe.cacheCtr.  Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of
  ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that
  ** the cache is out of date.
  **
  ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
  ** be NULL.
  */
  u32 cacheStatus;      /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
  int payloadSize;      /* Total number of bytes in the record */
  u32 *aType;           /* Type values for all entries in the record */
  u32 *aOffset;         /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */
  u8 *aRow;             /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
};
typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor;

/*
** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type
** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as
** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific
** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, 
** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure,
** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program
** began executing.
**
** Frames are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pParent. Vdbe.pParent
** is the parent of the current frame, or zero if the current frame
** is the main Vdbe program.
*/
typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame;
struct VdbeFrame {
  Vdbe *v;                /* VM this frame belongs to */
  int pc;                 /* Program Counter */
  Op *aOp;                /* Program instructions */
  int nOp;                /* Size of aOp array */
  Mem *aMem;              /* Array of memory cells */
  int nMem;               /* Number of entries in aMem */
  VdbeCursor **apCsr;     /* Element of Vdbe cursors */
  u16 nCursor;            /* Number of entries in apCsr */
  void *token;            /* Copy of SubProgram.token */
  int nChildMem;          /* Number of memory cells for child frame */
  int nChildCsr;          /* Number of cursors for child frame */
  i64 lastRowid;          /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
  int nChange;            /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges)     */
  VdbeFrame *pParent;     /* Parent of this frame */
};

#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))])

/*
** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
*/
#define CACHE_STALE 0

/*
** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
................................................................................
*/
struct Mem {
  union {
    i64 i;              /* Integer value. */
    int nZero;          /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
    FuncDef *pDef;      /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
    RowSet *pRowSet;    /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
    VdbeFrame *pFrame;  /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */
  } u;
  double r;           /* Real value */
  sqlite3 *db;        /* The associated database connection */
  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
  u8  type;           /* One of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_INTEGER, etc */
................................................................................
*/
#define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL */
#define MEM_Str       0x0002   /* Value is a string */
#define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
#define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
#define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */
#define MEM_RowSet    0x0020   /* Value is a RowSet object */
#define MEM_Frame     0x0040   /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */
#define MEM_TypeMask  0x00ff   /* Mask of type bits */

/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
*/
................................................................................
*/
typedef struct Set Set;
struct Set {
  Hash hash;             /* A set is just a hash table */
  HashElem *prev;        /* Previously accessed hash elemen */
};
















/*
** An instance of the virtual machine.  This structure contains the complete
** state of the virtual machine.
**
** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_compile()
** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
**
................................................................................
  u8 okVar;               /* True if azVar[] has been initialized */
  u16 nVar;               /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
  Mem *aVar;              /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
  char **azVar;           /* Name of variables */
  u32 magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
  int nMem;               /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
  Mem *aMem;              /* The memory locations */
  u32 cacheCtr;           /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */



  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
  int rc;                 /* Value to return */
  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
  u8 explain;             /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
  u8 changeCntOn;         /* True to update the change-counter */
  u8 expired;             /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
  u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
................................................................................
  int aCounter[2];        /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */
  char *zSql;             /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
  void *pFree;            /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */
  int iStatement;         /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  FILE *trace;            /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
#endif
  VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* Parent frame */
  int nFrame;             /* Number of frames in pFrame list */
};

/*
** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
*/
#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT     0x26bceaa5    /* Building a VDBE program */
#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN      0xbdf20da3    /* VDBE is ready to execute */
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p);
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(Vdbe *p);
#else
................................................................................
    m.z = 0;
  }
  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
  return (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? m.z : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, m.z);
}

/*
** Convert a UTF-8 string to the UTF-16 encoding specified by parameter
** enc. A pointer to the new string is returned, and the value of *pnOut
** is set to the length of the returned string in bytes. The call should
** arrange to call sqlite3DbFree() on the returned pointer when it is
** no longer required.
** 
** If a malloc failure occurs, NULL is returned and the db.mallocFailed
** flag set.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf8to16(sqlite3 *db, u8 enc, char *z, int n, int *pnOut){
  Mem m;
  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
  m.db = db;
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(&m, enc) ){
    assert( db->mallocFailed );
    return 0;
  }
  assert( m.z==m.zMalloc );
  *pnOut = m.n;
  return m.z;
}
#endif

/*
** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long.
** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
** in pZ.  nChar must be non-negative.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
  int c;
................................................................................
**
*************************************************************************
** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
**
** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
** strings, and stuff like that.
**

*/
#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
# include <math.h>
#endif

/*
** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
................................................................................
    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
    *realnum = 1;
  }
  return *z==0;
}

/*
** The string z[] is an ASCII representation of a real number.
** Convert this string to a double.
**
** This routine assumes that z[] really is a valid number.  If it
** is not, the result is undefined.
**
** This routine is used instead of the library atof() function because
** the library atof() might want to use "," as the decimal point instead
** of "." depending on how locale is set.  But that would cause problems
** for SQL.  So this routine always uses "." regardless of locale.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT

  const char *zBegin = z;
  /* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */
  int sign = 1;   /* sign of significand */
  i64 s = 0;      /* significand */
  int d = 0;      /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */
  int esign = 1;  /* sign of exponent */
  int e = 0;      /* exponent */
  double result;
  int nDigits = 0;

  /* skip leading spaces */
  while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
  /* get sign of significand */
  if( *z=='-' ){
    sign = -1;
    z++;
  }else if( *z=='+' ){
    z++;
  }
  /* skip leading zeroes */
  while( z[0]=='0' ) z++, nDigits++;


  /* copy max significant digits to significand */
  while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
    s = s*10 + (*z - '0');

    z++, nDigits++;
  }
  /* skip non-significant significand digits
  ** (increase exponent by d to shift decimal left) */
  while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z++, nDigits++, d++;

  /* if decimal point is present */
  if( *z=='.' ){

    z++;






    /* copy digits from after decimal to significand
    ** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */
    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){

      s = s*10 + (*z - '0');


      z++, nDigits++, d--;
    }

    /* skip non-significant digits */
    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z++, nDigits++;
  }


  /* if exponent is present */
  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){



    z++;
    /* get sign of exponent */
    if( *z=='-' ){
      esign = -1;
      z++;
    }else if( *z=='+' ){
      z++;
    }
    /* copy digits to exponent */
    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){

      e = e*10 + (*z - '0');
      z++;
    }

  }

  /* adjust exponent by d, and update sign */
  e = (e*esign) + d;
  if( e<0 ) {
    esign = -1;
    e *= -1;
  } else {
    esign = 1;
  }

  /* if 0 significand */
  if( !s ) {
    /* In the IEEE 754 standard, zero is signed.
    ** Add the sign if we've seen at least one digit */
    result = (sign<0 && nDigits) ? -(double)0 : (double)0;
  } else {
    /* attempt to reduce exponent */
    if( esign>0 ){
      while( s<(LARGEST_INT64/10) && e>0 ) e--,s*=10;
    }else{
      while( !(s%10) && e>0 ) e--,s/=10;
    }

    /* adjust the sign of significand */
    s = sign<0 ? -s : s;

    /* if exponent, scale significand as appropriate
    ** and store in result. */
    if( e ){
      double scale = 1.0;
      /* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */
      if( e>307 && e<342 ){
        while( e%308 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }

        if( esign<0 ){
          result = s / scale;
          result /= 1.0e+308;
        }else{
          result = s * scale;
          result *= 1.0e+308;
        }
      }else{
        /* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be 
        ** represented exactly. */
        while( e%22 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
        while( e>0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; }
        if( esign<0 ){

          result = s / scale;
        }else{

          result = s * scale;
        }
      }
    } else {
      result = (double)s;
    }
  }

  /* store the result */
  *pResult = result;

  /* return number of characters used */
  return (int)(z - zBegin);
#else
  return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
}

/*
................................................................................
}



#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
/*
** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal
** character:  0..9a..fA..F
*/
static u8 hexToInt(int h){
  assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') ||  (h>='a' && h<='f') ||  (h>='A' && h<='F') );
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
  h += 9*(1&(h>>6));
#endif
................................................................................
     /*  18 */ "Sort",
     /*  19 */ "Not",
     /*  20 */ "Copy",
     /*  21 */ "Trace",
     /*  22 */ "Function",
     /*  23 */ "IfNeg",
     /*  24 */ "Noop",
     /*  25 */ "Program",
     /*  26 */ "Return",
     /*  27 */ "NewRowid",
     /*  28 */ "Variable",
     /*  29 */ "String",
     /*  30 */ "RealAffinity",
     /*  31 */ "VRename",
     /*  32 */ "ParseSchema",
     /*  33 */ "VOpen",
     /*  34 */ "Close",
     /*  35 */ "CreateIndex",
     /*  36 */ "IsUnique",
     /*  37 */ "NotFound",
     /*  38 */ "Int64",
     /*  39 */ "MustBeInt",
     /*  40 */ "Halt",
     /*  41 */ "Rowid",
     /*  42 */ "IdxLT",
     /*  43 */ "AddImm",
     /*  44 */ "RowData",
     /*  45 */ "MemMax",
     /*  46 */ "NotExists",
     /*  47 */ "Gosub",
     /*  48 */ "Integer",
     /*  49 */ "Prev",
     /*  50 */ "RowSetRead",
................................................................................
     /*  52 */ "VColumn",
     /*  53 */ "CreateTable",
     /*  54 */ "Last",
     /*  55 */ "SeekLe",
     /*  56 */ "IncrVacuum",
     /*  57 */ "IdxRowid",
     /*  58 */ "ResetCount",
     /*  59 */ "Yield",
     /*  60 */ "DropTrigger",
     /*  61 */ "DropIndex",
     /*  62 */ "Param",
     /*  63 */ "IdxGE",
     /*  64 */ "IdxDelete",
     /*  65 */ "Vacuum",
     /*  66 */ "Or",
     /*  67 */ "And",
     /*  68 */ "IfNot",
     /*  69 */ "DropTable",
................................................................................
     /*  94 */ "String8",
     /*  95 */ "Compare",
     /*  96 */ "Goto",
     /*  97 */ "TableLock",
     /*  98 */ "Clear",
     /*  99 */ "VerifyCookie",
     /* 100 */ "AggStep",
     /* 101 */ "Transaction",
     /* 102 */ "VFilter",
     /* 103 */ "VDestroy",
     /* 104 */ "Next",
     /* 105 */ "Count",
     /* 106 */ "IdxInsert",
     /* 107 */ "SeekGe",
     /* 108 */ "Insert",
     /* 109 */ "Destroy",
     /* 110 */ "ReadCookie",
     /* 111 */ "RowSetTest",
     /* 112 */ "LoadAnalysis",
     /* 113 */ "Explain",
     /* 114 */ "HaltIfNull",
     /* 115 */ "OpenPseudo",
     /* 116 */ "OpenEphemeral",
     /* 117 */ "Null",
     /* 118 */ "Move",
     /* 119 */ "Blob",
     /* 120 */ "Rewind",
     /* 121 */ "SeekGt",
     /* 122 */ "VBegin",
     /* 123 */ "VUpdate",
     /* 124 */ "IfZero",
     /* 125 */ "VCreate",
     /* 126 */ "Found",
     /* 127 */ "IfPos",
     /* 128 */ "NullRow",
     /* 129 */ "Jump",
     /* 130 */ "Real",
     /* 131 */ "Permutation",
     /* 132 */ "NotUsed_132",
     /* 133 */ "NotUsed_133",
     /* 134 */ "NotUsed_134",
     /* 135 */ "NotUsed_135",
     /* 136 */ "NotUsed_136",
     /* 137 */ "NotUsed_137",
     /* 138 */ "NotUsed_138",
     /* 139 */ "ToText",
     /* 140 */ "ToBlob",
................................................................................
**   *  sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking.
**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking
**      methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method.
**   *  sqlite3_vfs method implementations.
**   *  Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only)
**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods
**      plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().


*/
#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */

/*
** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
** control:
**
................................................................................
/*
** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not 
** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
*/
#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x)  ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))


/*
** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor
** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following
** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an
** opportunity to either close or reuse it.
*/
typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd;
struct UnixUnusedFd {
  int fd;                   /* File descriptor to close */
  int flags;                /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */
  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;      /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */
};

/*
** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix
** VFS implementations.
*/
typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
struct unixFile {
  sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
................................................................................
  struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen;       /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */
  struct unixLockInfo *pLock;      /* Info about locks on this inode */
  int h;                           /* The file descriptor */
  int dirfd;                       /* File descriptor for the directory */
  unsigned char locktype;          /* The type of lock held on this fd */
  int lastErrno;                   /* The unix errno from the last I/O error */
  void *lockingContext;            /* Locking style specific state */
  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;           /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
  int fileFlags;                   /* Miscellanous flags */
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  int openFlags;                   /* The flags specified at open() */
#endif
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
  pthread_t tid;                   /* The thread that "owns" this unixFile */
#endif
#if OS_VXWORKS
................................................................................
  ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction
  ** counter.  This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the
  ** one described by ticket #3584. 
  */
  unsigned char transCntrChng;   /* True if the transaction counter changed */
  unsigned char dbUpdate;        /* True if any part of database file changed */
  unsigned char inNormalWrite;   /* True if in a normal write operation */





#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that 
  ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
  */
  char aPadding[32];
#endif
};

/*
** The following macros define bits in unixFile.fileFlags
*/
#define SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING  0x0001   /* Use whole-file locking */

/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
................................................................................
#define threadid pthread_self()
#else
#define threadid 0
#endif


/*
** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
** global mutex is used to protect the unixOpenCnt, unixLockInfo and
** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be 
** shared by multiple threads.
**
** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex 
** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() 
** statements. e.g.
**
**   unixEnterMutex()
**     assert( unixMutexHeld() );
**   unixEnterLeave()
*/
static void unixEnterMutex(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
static void unixLeaveMutex(void){
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
static int unixMutexHeld(void) {
  return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
#endif


#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
** integer lock-type.
*/
static const char *locktypeName(int locktype){
  switch( locktype ){
    case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
    case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
    case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
    case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
    case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
  }
  return "ERROR";
}
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
/*
................................................................................
** The close() system call would only occur when the last database
** using the file closes.
*/
struct unixOpenCnt {
  struct unixFileId fileId;   /* The lookup key */
  int nRef;                   /* Number of pointers to this structure */
  int nLock;                  /* Number of outstanding locks */
  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;      /* Unused file descriptors to close */

#if OS_VXWORKS
  sem_t *pSem;                     /* Named POSIX semaphore */
  char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2];   /* Name of that semaphore */
#endif
  struct unixOpenCnt *pNext, *pPrev;   /* List of all unixOpenCnt objects */
};

/*
** Lists of all unixLockInfo and unixOpenCnt objects.  These used to be hash
** tables.  But the number of objects is rarely more than a dozen and
................................................................................
  if( d.result!=0 ) return;
  threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = (d.lock.l_type==F_UNLCK);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) */

/*
** Release a unixLockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
**
** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
** when this function is called.
*/
static void releaseLockInfo(struct unixLockInfo *pLock){
  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
  if( pLock ){
    pLock->nRef--;
    if( pLock->nRef==0 ){
      if( pLock->pPrev ){
        assert( pLock->pPrev->pNext==pLock );
        pLock->pPrev->pNext = pLock->pNext;
      }else{
................................................................................
      sqlite3_free(pLock);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Release a unixOpenCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
**
** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
** when this function is called.
*/
static void releaseOpenCnt(struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen){
  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
  if( pOpen ){
    pOpen->nRef--;
    if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){
      if( pOpen->pPrev ){
        assert( pOpen->pPrev->pNext==pOpen );
        pOpen->pPrev->pNext = pOpen->pNext;
      }else{
................................................................................
        assert( openList==pOpen );
        openList = pOpen->pNext;
      }
      if( pOpen->pNext ){
        assert( pOpen->pNext->pPrev==pOpen );
        pOpen->pNext->pPrev = pOpen->pPrev;
      }
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
      assert( !pOpen->pUnused || threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 );
#endif

      /* If pOpen->pUnused is not null, then memory and file-descriptors
      ** are leaked.
      **
      ** This will only happen if, under Linuxthreads, the user has opened
      ** a transaction in one thread, then attempts to close the database
      ** handle from another thread (without first unlocking the db file).
      ** This is a misuse.  */
      sqlite3_free(pOpen);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Given a file descriptor, locate unixLockInfo and unixOpenCnt structures that
** describes that file descriptor.  Create new ones if necessary.  The
** return values might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
**
** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
** when this function is called.
**
** Return an appropriate error code.
*/
static int findLockInfo(
  unixFile *pFile,               /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */
  struct unixLockInfo **ppLock,  /* Return the unixLockInfo structure here */
  struct unixOpenCnt **ppOpen    /* Return the unixOpenCnt structure here */
................................................................................
  int rc;                        /* System call return code */
  int fd;                        /* The file descriptor for pFile */
  struct unixLockKey lockKey;    /* Lookup key for the unixLockInfo structure */
  struct unixFileId fileId;      /* Lookup key for the unixOpenCnt struct */
  struct stat statbuf;           /* Low-level file information */
  struct unixLockInfo *pLock = 0;/* Candidate unixLockInfo object */
  struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen;     /* Candidate unixOpenCnt object */

  assert( unixMutexHeld() );

  /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to
  ** create a unique name for the file.
  */
  fd = pFile->h;
  rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
  if( rc!=0 ){
................................................................................
    if( pOpen==0 ){
      pOpen = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pOpen) );
      if( pOpen==0 ){
        releaseLockInfo(pLock);
        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
        goto exit_findlockinfo;
      }
      memset(pOpen, 0, sizeof(*pOpen));
      pOpen->fileId = fileId;
      pOpen->nRef = 1;



      pOpen->pNext = openList;

      if( openList ) openList->pPrev = pOpen;
      openList = pOpen;




    }else{
      pOpen->nRef++;
    }
    *ppOpen = pOpen;
  }

exit_findlockinfo:
................................................................................
  
  unixLeaveMutex();
  OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);

  *pResOut = reserved;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Perform a file locking operation on a range of bytes in a file.
** The "op" parameter should be one of F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK, or F_UNLCK.
** Return 0 on success or -1 for failure.  On failure, write the error
** code into *pErrcode.
**
** If the SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING bit is clear, then only lock
** the range of bytes on the locking page between SHARED_FIRST and
** SHARED_SIZE.  If SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING is set, then lock all
** bytes from 0 up to but not including PENDING_BYTE, and all bytes
** that follow SHARED_FIRST.
**
** In other words, of SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING if false (the historical
** default case) then only lock a small range of bytes from SHARED_FIRST
** through SHARED_FIRST+SHARED_SIZE-1.  But if SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING is
** true then lock every byte in the file except for PENDING_BYTE and
** RESERVED_BYTE.
**
** SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING=true overlaps SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING=false
** and so the locking schemes are compatible.  One type of lock will
** effectively exclude the other type.  The reason for using the
** SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING=true is that by indicating the full range
** of bytes to be read or written, we give hints to NFS to help it
** maintain cache coherency.  On the other hand, whole file locking
** is slower, so we don't want to use it except for NFS.
*/
static int rangeLock(unixFile *pFile, int op, int *pErrcode){
  struct flock lock;
  int rc;
  lock.l_type = op;
  lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
  if( (pFile->fileFlags & SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING)==0 ){
    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
    rc = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
    *pErrcode = errno;
  }else{
    lock.l_len = 0;
    rc = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
    *pErrcode = errno;
    if( NEVER(op==F_UNLCK) || rc!=(-1) ){
      lock.l_start = 0;
      lock.l_len = PENDING_BYTE;
      rc = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
      if( ALWAYS(op!=F_UNLCK) && rc==(-1) ){
        *pErrcode = errno;
        lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
        lock.l_len = 0;
        fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
      }
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
** of the following:
**
**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
................................................................................
  ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
  ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
  */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  struct unixLockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock;
  struct flock lock;
  int s = 0;
  int tErrno;

  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE7("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
      locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype),
      locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt , getpid());

  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
................................................................................
  */
  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
    OSTRACE3("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
            locktypeName(locktype));
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct.
  **  (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
  **  (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
  **  (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
  */
  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );

  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
  */
................................................................................
    assert( pLock->cnt>0 );
    pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
    pLock->cnt++;
    pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
    goto end_lock;
  }





  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
  ** be released.
  */
  lock.l_len = 1L;
  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK 
      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
  ){
    lock.l_type = (locktype==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
    if( s==(-1) ){
      tErrno = errno;
      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      }
      goto end_lock;
    }
  }


  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
  */
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){

    assert( pLock->cnt==0 );
    assert( pLock->locktype==0 );

    /* Now get the read-lock */
    s = rangeLock(pFile, F_RDLCK, &tErrno);




    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 1L;
    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
    if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){
      if( s != -1 ){
        /* This could happen with a network mount */
................................................................................
    ** already.
    */
    assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
    switch( locktype ){
      case RESERVED_LOCK:
        lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
        s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
        tErrno = errno;
        break;
      case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK:


        s = rangeLock(pFile, F_WRLCK, &tErrno);
        break;
      default:
        assert(0);
    }

    if( s==(-1) ){

      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      }
    }
  }
  
................................................................................

end_lock:
  unixLeaveMutex();
  OSTRACE4("LOCK    %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
      rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
  return rc;
}

/*
** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixOpenCnt->pUnused list.
** If all such file descriptors are closed without error, the list is
** cleared and SQLITE_OK returned.
**
** Otherwise, if an error occurs, then successfully closed file descriptor
** entries are removed from the list, and SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE returned. 
** not deleted and SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE returned.
*/ 
static int closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
  UnixUnusedFd *pError = 0;
  UnixUnusedFd *p;
  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;
  for(p=pOpen->pUnused; p; p=pNext){
    pNext = p->pNext;
    if( close(p->fd) ){
      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE;
      p->pNext = pError;
      pError = p;
    }else{
      sqlite3_free(p);
    }
  }
  pOpen->pUnused = pError;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding
** pUnused list.
*/
static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){
  struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
  UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused;
  p->pNext = pOpen->pUnused;
  pOpen->pUnused = p;
  pFile->h = -1;
  pFile->pUnused = 0;
}

/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype.  locktype
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; /* The open file */
  struct unixLockInfo *pLock;      /* Structure describing current lock state */
  struct flock lock;               /* Information passed into fcntl() */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;              /* Return code from this interface */

  int h;                           /* The underlying file descriptor */
  int tErrno;                      /* Error code from system call errors */

  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE7("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
      pFile->locktype, pFile->pLock->locktype, pFile->pLock->cnt, getpid());

  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
  if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
................................................................................
         || pFile->dbUpdate==0
         || pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
    pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
#endif


    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
      if( rangeLock(pFile, F_RDLCK, &tErrno)==(-1) ){





        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
        }
        goto end_unlock;
      }
    }
................................................................................
    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
    if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
      pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
    }else{
      tErrno = errno;
      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      }
      goto end_unlock;
    }
  }
  if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
    struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen;


    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
    ** the lock.
    */
    pLock->cnt--;
    if( pLock->cnt==0 ){
................................................................................
      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
      SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
      if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
        pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
      }else{
        tErrno = errno;
        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
        }
        pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
        pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
      }
................................................................................
    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
    ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
    */
    pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
    pOpen->nLock--;
    assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
    if( pOpen->nLock==0 ){
      int rc2 = closePendingFds(pFile);


















      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = rc2;
      }
    }
  }
	
end_unlock:
  unixLeaveMutex();
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->locktype = locktype;
  return rc;
................................................................................
      }
      vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId);
      pFile->pId = 0;
    }
#endif
    OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h);
    OpenCounter(-1);
    sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused);
    memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Close a file.
................................................................................
  if( id ){
    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
    unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
    unixEnterMutex();
    if( pFile->pOpen && pFile->pOpen->nLock ){
      /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
      ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
      ** descriptor to pOpen->pUnused list.  It will be automatically closed 
      ** when the last lock is cleared.
      */








      setPendingFd(pFile);


    }
    releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
    releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
    rc = closeUnixFile(id);
    unixLeaveMutex();
  }
  return rc;
................................................................................

/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation *********************
******************************************************************************/

/******************************************************************************
************************* Begin dot-file Locking ******************************
**
** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existance of separate lock
** files in order to control access to the database.  This works on just
** about every filesystem imaginable.  But there are serious downsides:
**
**    (1)  There is zero concurrency.  A single reader blocks all other
**         connections from reading or writing the database.
**
**    (2)  An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files
................................................................................
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
      struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
      pOpen->nLock--;
      assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
      if( pOpen->nLock==0 ){
        rc = closePendingFds(pFile);














      }
    }
  }
  unixLeaveMutex();
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context 
*/
static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
................................................................................
    unixEnterMutex();
    if( pFile->pOpen && pFile->pOpen->nLock ){
      /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
      ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
      ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
      ** the last lock is cleared.
      */








      setPendingFd(pFile);


    }
    releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
    closeUnixFile(id);
    unixLeaveMutex();
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
*/
static int unixRead(
  sqlite3_file *id, 
  void *pBuf, 
  int amt,
  sqlite3_int64 offset
){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
  int got;
  assert( id );

  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */

  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
  );

  got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt);
  if( got==amt ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }else if( got<0 ){
    /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
  }else{
    pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
  }
}

/*
................................................................................
*/
static int unixWrite(
  sqlite3_file *id, 
  const void *pBuf, 
  int amt,
  sqlite3_int64 offset 
){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  int wrote = 0;
  assert( id );
  assert( amt>0 );

  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */

  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
  );

#ifndef NDEBUG
  /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
  ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
  ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database
  ** has changed.  If the transaction counter is modified, record that
  ** fact too.
  */
  if( pFile->inNormalWrite ){

    pFile->dbUpdate = 1;  /* The database has been modified */
    if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){
      int rc;
      char oldCntr[4];
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
      rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4);
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
................................................................................
      if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){
        pFile->transCntrChng = 1;  /* The transaction counter has changed */
      }
    }
  }
#endif

  while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
    amt -= wrote;
    offset += wrote;
    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
  }
  SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
  SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
  if( amt>0 ){
    if( wrote<0 ){
      /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */
      return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
    }else{
      pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
      return SQLITE_FULL;
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
................................................................................
** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking
** strategy from that.
**
** For finder-funtion F, two objects are created:
**
**    (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()".
**
**    (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F".
**
**
** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS
** objects.  We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point
** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void*
** from be cast into a function pointer.
**
................................................................................
   LOCK,                       /* xLock */                                   \
   UNLOCK,                     /* xUnlock */                                 \
   CKLOCK,                     /* xCheckReservedLock */                      \
   unixFileControl,            /* xFileControl */                            \
   unixSectorSize,             /* xSectorSize */                             \
   unixDeviceCharacteristics   /* xDeviceCapabilities */                     \
};                                                                           \
static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){   \
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);                                  \
  return &METHOD;                                                            \
}                                                                            \
static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p)    \
    = FINDER##Impl;

/*
** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the
** locking strategies.  Functions that return pointers to these methods
** are also created.
*/
................................................................................
  afpClose,                 /* xClose method */
  afpLock,                  /* xLock method */
  afpUnlock,                /* xUnlock method */
  afpCheckReservedLock      /* xCheckReservedLock method */
)
#endif

/*
** The "Whole File Locking" finder returns the same set of methods as
** the posix locking finder.  But it also sets the SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING
** flag to force the posix advisory locks to cover the whole file instead
** of just a small span of bytes near the 1GiB boundary.  Whole File Locking
** is useful on NFS-mounted files since it helps NFS to maintain cache
** coherency.  But it is a detriment to other filesystems since it runs
** slower.
*/
static const sqlite3_io_methods *posixWflIoFinderImpl(const char*z, unixFile*p){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(z);
  p->fileFlags = SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING;
  return &posixIoMethods;
}
static const sqlite3_io_methods 
  *(*const posixWflIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile *p) = posixWflIoFinderImpl;

/*
** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it
** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and
** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those
** secondary files.  For this reason, the division that implements
** proxy locking is located much further down in the file.  But we need
** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function
................................................................................
** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
** object that implements that strategy.
**
** This is for MacOSX only.
*/
static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
  unixFile *pNew           /* open file object for the database file */
){
  static const struct Mapping {
    const char *zFilesystem;              /* Filesystem type name */
    const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;   /* Appropriate locking method */
  } aMap[] = {
    { "hfs",    &posixIoMethods },
    { "ufs",    &posixIoMethods },
................................................................................
  ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, 
  ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. 
  */
  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
  if( fcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
    pNew->fileFlags = SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING;
    return &posixIoMethods;
  }else{
    return &dotlockIoMethods;
  }
}
static const sqlite3_io_methods 
  *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;

#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

#if OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/* 
** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy 
** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
** object that implements that strategy.
**
** This is for VXWorks only.
*/
static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
  unixFile *pNew           /* the open file object */
){
  struct flock lockInfo;

  if( !filePath ){
    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
    ** that does not need to be locked. */
    return &nolockIoMethods;
................................................................................
  /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks.
  ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method.
  */
  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
  if( fcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
    return &posixIoMethods;
  }else{
    return &semIoMethods;
  }
}
static const sqlite3_io_methods 
  *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;

#endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

/*
** An abstract type for a pointer to a IO method finder function:
*/
typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*);


/****************************************************************************
**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
**
** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
** sqlite3_vfs object.
................................................................................
  const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle;
  unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( pNew->pLock==NULL );
  assert( pNew->pOpen==NULL );

  /* Parameter isDelete is only used on vxworks. Express this explicitly 
  ** here to prevent compiler warnings about unused parameters.

  */

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDelete);


  OSTRACE3("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename);    
  pNew->h = h;
  pNew->dirfd = dirfd;
  SET_THREADID(pNew);
  pNew->fileFlags = 0;

#if OS_VXWORKS
  pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename);
  if( pNew->pId==0 ){
    noLock = 1;
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
#endif

  if( noLock ){
    pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods;
  }else{
    pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, pNew);
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
    /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for
    ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name)
    ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */
    pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename;
#endif
  }

  if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods ){
    unixEnterMutex();
    rc = findLockInfo(pNew, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      /* If an error occured in findLockInfo(), close the file descriptor
      ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findLockInfo() may fail
      ** in two scenarios:
      **
      **   (a) A call to fstat() failed.
      **   (b) A malloc failed.
      **
      ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other
      ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file
      ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by
      ** findLockInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close
      ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released
      ** by doing so.
      **
      ** If scenario (a) caused the error then things are not so safe. The
      ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in
      ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much.
      */
      close(h);
      h = -1;
    }
    unixLeaveMutex();
  }

#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
  else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){
    /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
    ** the afpLockingContext.
................................................................................
    ** included in the semLockingContext
    */
    unixEnterMutex();
    rc = findLockInfo(pNew, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen);
    if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pOpen->pSem==NULL) ){
      char *zSemName = pNew->pOpen->aSemName;
      int n;
      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem",
                       pNew->pId->zCanonicalName);
      for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ )
        if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_';
      pNew->pOpen->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1);
      if( pNew->pOpen->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){
        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
        pNew->pOpen->aSemName[0] = '\0';
      }
    }
................................................................................
    unlink(zFilename);
    isDelete = 0;
  }
  pNew->isDelete = isDelete;
#endif
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd); /* silent leak if fail, already in error */
    if( h>=0 ) close(h);
  }else{
    pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
    OpenCounter(+1);
  }
  return rc;
}

................................................................................
** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile.
** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen()
** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined.
*/
static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*);
#endif

/*
** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database 
** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname
** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second
** argument to this function.
**
** Such a file descriptor may exist if a database connection was closed
** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some
** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock.
** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment
** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for 
** further details. Also, ticket #4018.
**
** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no
** such file descriptor is located, -1 is returned.
*/
static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){
  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = 0;

  /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because
  ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure),
  ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better 
  ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure 
  ** feature.  */
#if !OS_VXWORKS
  struct stat sStat;                   /* Results of stat() call */

  /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is
  ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail.
  ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is
  ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file
  ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite.
  **
  ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of
  ** not searching for a resusable file descriptor are not dire.  */
  if( 0==stat(zPath, &sStat) ){
    struct unixOpenCnt *pO;
    struct unixFileId id;
    id.dev = sStat.st_dev;
    id.ino = sStat.st_ino;

    unixEnterMutex();
    for(pO=openList; pO && memcmp(&id, &pO->fileId, sizeof(id)); pO=pO->pNext);
    if( pO ){
      UnixUnusedFd **pp;
      for(pp=&pO->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
      pUnused = *pp;
      if( pUnused ){
        *pp = pUnused->pNext;
      }
    }
    unixLeaveMutex();
  }
#endif    /* if !OS_VXWORKS */
  return pUnused;
}

/*
** Open the file zPath.
** 
** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
** one:
**
................................................................................
static int unixOpen(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,           /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */
  const char *zPath,           /* Pathname of file to be opened */
  sqlite3_file *pFile,         /* The file descriptor to be filled in */
  int flags,                   /* Input flags to control the opening */
  int *pOutFlags               /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */
){
  unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile;
  int fd = -1;                   /* File descriptor returned by open() */
  int dirfd = -1;                /* Directory file descriptor */
  int openFlags = 0;             /* Flags to pass to open() */
  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
  int noLock;                    /* True to omit locking primitives */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */

  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);

................................................................................
  */
  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);

  /* The main DB, main journal, and master journal are never automatically
  ** deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */

  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );

  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB
  );

  memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile));

  if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
    UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;
    pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags);
    if( pUnused ){
      fd = pUnused->fd;
    }else{
      pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused));
      if( !pUnused ){
        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
      }
    }
    p->pUnused = pUnused;
  }else if( !zName ){
    /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */
    assert(isDelete && !isOpenDirectory);
    rc = getTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+1, zTmpname);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
    zName = zTmpname;
  }

  /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function
  ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as
  ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the 
  ** 'conch file' locking functions later on.  */
  if( isReadonly )  openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
  if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR;
  if( isCreate )    openFlags |= O_CREAT;
  if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW);
  openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);

  if( fd<0 ){
    mode_t openMode = (isDelete?0600:SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
    fd = open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
    OSTRACE4("OPENX   %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags);
    if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
      /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
      flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
      openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT);
      flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;

      openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
      fd = open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
    }
    if( fd<0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
      goto open_finished;
    }
  }
  assert( fd>=0 );
  if( pOutFlags ){
    *pOutFlags = flags;
  }

  if( p->pUnused ){
    p->pUnused->fd = fd;
    p->pUnused->flags = flags;
  }

  if( isDelete ){
#if OS_VXWORKS
    zPath = zName;
#else
    unlink(zName);
#endif
  }
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  else{
    p->openFlags = openFlags;









  }
#endif


  if( isOpenDirectory ){
    rc = openDirectory(zPath, &dirfd);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      /* It is safe to close fd at this point, because it is guaranteed not
      ** to be open on a database file. If it were open on a database file,
      ** it would not be safe to close as this would release any locks held
      ** on the file by this process.  */
      assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
      close(fd);             /* silently leak if fail, already in error */

      goto open_finished;
    }
  }

#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
  fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
#endif

  noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;

#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
  if( zPath!=NULL && !noLock && pVfs->xOpen ){
    char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING");
    int useProxy = 0;

    /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means 
    ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only.  */

    if( envforce!=NULL ){
      useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
    }else{
      struct statfs fsInfo;

      if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
        /* In theory, the close(fd) call is sub-optimal. If the file opened
        ** with fd is a database file, and there are other connections open
        ** on that file that are currently holding advisory locks on it,
        ** then the call to close() will cancel those locks. In practice,
        ** we're assuming that statfs() doesn't fail very often. At least
        ** not while other file descriptors opened by the same process on
        ** the same file are working.  */
        p->lastErrno = errno;
        if( dirfd>=0 ){
          close(dirfd); /* silently leak if fail, in error */
        }
        close(fd); /* silently leak if fail, in error */
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
        goto open_finished;
      }
      useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
    }
    if( useProxy ){
      rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock, isDelete);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
      }
      goto open_finished;
    }
  }
#endif
  
  rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock, isDelete);
open_finished:
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_free(p->pUnused);
  }
  return rc;
}


/*
** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
** the directory after deleting the file.
*/
static int unixDelete(
  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,     /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */
................................................................................
** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from
** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor.
**
** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor
** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor.
*/
static int proxyCreateUnixFile(const char *path, unixFile **ppFile) {


  unixFile *pNew;
  int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs;






  pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unixFile));

  if( !pNew ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;

  }
  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile));

  /* Call unixOpen() to open the proxy file. The flags passed to unixOpen()
  ** suggest that the file being opened is a "main database". This is
  ** necessary as other file types do not necessarily support locking. It
  ** is better to use unixOpen() instead of opening the file directly with
  ** open(), as unixOpen() sets up the various mechanisms required to
  ** make sure a call to close() does not cause the system to discard
  ** POSIX locks prematurely.
  **
  ** It is important that the xOpen member of the VFS object passed to 
  ** unixOpen() is NULL. This tells unixOpen() may try to open a proxy-file 
  ** for the proxy-file (creating a potential infinite loop).
  */
  dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder;

  dummyVfs.xOpen = 0;
  rc = unixOpen(&dummyVfs, path, (sqlite3_file *)pNew, flags, &flags);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) ){

    pNew->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pNew);
    rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
  }



  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_free(pNew);
    pNew = 0;
  }

  *ppFile = pNew;
  return rc;
}

/* takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if 
** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match.  A NULL 
** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the 
** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically 
................................................................................
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && (OS_VXWORKS || defined(__APPLE__))
    UNIXVFS("unix",          autolockIoFinder ),
#else
    UNIXVFS("unix",          posixIoFinder ),
#endif
    UNIXVFS("unix-none",     nolockIoFinder ),
    UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile",  dotlockIoFinder ),
    UNIXVFS("unix-wfl",      posixWflIoFinder ),
#if OS_VXWORKS
    UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ),
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
    UNIXVFS("unix-posix",    posixIoFinder ),
#if !OS_VXWORKS
    UNIXVFS("unix-flock",    flockIoFinder ),
................................................................................
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code that is specific to windows.


*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN               /* This file is used for windows only */


/*
** A Note About Memory Allocation:
**
................................................................................
{
  static struct tm y;
  FILETIME uTm, lTm;
  SYSTEMTIME pTm;
  sqlite3_int64 t64;
  t64 = *t;
  t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
  uTm.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD)(t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF);
  uTm.dwHighDateTime= (DWORD)(t64 >> 32);
  FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
  FileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
  y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
  y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
  y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
  y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
  y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
................................................................................
/* This will never be called, but defined to make the code compile */
#define GetTempPathA(a,b)

#define LockFile(a,b,c,d,e)       winceLockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
#define UnlockFile(a,b,c,d,e)     winceUnlockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
#define LockFileEx(a,b,c,d,e,f)   winceLockFileEx(&a, b, c, d, e, f)

#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-(int)offsetof(winFile,h)]

/*
** Acquire a lock on the handle h
*/
static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
   DWORD dwErr;
   do {
................................................................................
  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
){
  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh);

  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);

  /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
  if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST
       && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){
    if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
       pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
       pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
       bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  /* Want a read-only lock? */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST &&
           nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
    if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
      pFile->local.nReaders ++;
      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
        pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
      }
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  /* Want a pending lock? */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
    /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
    if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
      pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
      pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  /* Want a reserved lock? */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
    if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
      pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
      pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

................................................................................
  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
){
  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh);

  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);

  /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
  if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST){

    /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
      assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE);
      pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }

    /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
    else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
      assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE || nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1);
      pFile->local.nReaders --;
      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
      {
        pFile->shared->nReaders --;
      }
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  /* Releasing a pending lock */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
    if (pFile->local.bPending){
      pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }
  /* Releasing a reserved lock */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
    if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
      pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

................................................................................
  HANDLE *phFile,
  DWORD dwFlags,
  DWORD dwReserved,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh,
  LPOVERLAPPED lpOverlapped
){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwReserved);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh);

  /* If the caller wants a shared read lock, forward this call
  ** to winceLockFile */
  if (lpOverlapped->Offset == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST &&
      dwFlags == 1 &&
      nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){
    return winceLockFile(phFile, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
  }
  return FALSE;
}
/*
** End of the special code for wince
*****************************************************************************/
................................................................................
** file.
*/
static int getSectorSize(
    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
    const char *zRelative     /* UTF-8 file name */
){
  DWORD bytesPerSector = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
  /* GetDiskFreeSpace is not supported under WINCE */
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(zRelative);
#else
  char zFullpath[MAX_PATH+1];
  int rc;
  DWORD dwRet = 0;
  DWORD dwDummy;

  /*
  ** We need to get the full path name of the file
  ** to get the drive letter to look up the sector
  ** size.
  */
  rc = winFullPathname(pVfs, zRelative, MAX_PATH, zFullpath);
................................................................................
          }
        }
        dwRet = GetDiskFreeSpaceW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
                                  &dwDummy,
                                  &bytesPerSector,
                                  &dwDummy,
                                  &dwDummy);

      }else{
        /* trim path to just drive reference */
        CHAR *p = (CHAR *)zConverted;
        for(;*p;p++){
          if( *p == '\\' ){
            *p = '\0';
            break;
................................................................................
          }
        }
        dwRet = GetDiskFreeSpaceA((CHAR*)zConverted,
                                  &dwDummy,
                                  &bytesPerSector,
                                  &dwDummy,
                                  &dwDummy);

      }
      free(zConverted);
    }
    if( !dwRet ){
      bytesPerSector = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
    }
  }
#endif
  return (int) bytesPerSector; 
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
................................................................................
    winDlSym,          /* xDlSym */
    winDlClose,        /* xDlClose */
    winRandomness,     /* xRandomness */
    winSleep,          /* xSleep */
    winCurrentTime,    /* xCurrentTime */
    winGetLastError    /* xGetLastError */
  };

  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

................................................................................
** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
**
** @(#) $Id: bitvec.c,v 1.17 2009/07/25 17:33:26 drh Exp $
*/

/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
#define BITVEC_SZ        (sizeof(void*)*128)  /* 512 on 32bit.  1024 on 64bit */

/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how 
** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
#define BITVEC_USIZE     (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))

/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. 
** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. 
................................................................................
  }
  pcache1.isInit = 1;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method.
** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does 
** not need to be freed.
*/
static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 );
  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
}

................................................................................
** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
** another is writing.
**
** @(#) $Id: pager.c,v 1.629 2009/08/10 17:48:57 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO

/*
** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
*/
#if 0
................................................................................
    if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
#else
# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
#endif

/*
** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 
** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
*/
#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000

/*
** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
**
................................................................................
  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
  if( (pPager->noSync) || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 
  ){
    memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
  }else{

    memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
  }

  /* The random check-hash initialiser */ 
  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
  /* The initial database size */
  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
................................................................................

    /* Compute the total free space on the page */
    pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
    nFree = data[hdr+7] + top;
    while( pc>0 ){
      u16 next, size;
      if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
        /* Start of free block is off the page */
        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
      }
      next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
      if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){
        /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of
	** the free-block must lie on the database page.  */
        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
      }
      nFree = nFree + size;
      pc = next;
    }

    /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start
................................................................................

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
  /*
  ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
  ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
  */
  if( isMemdb==0 && zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
    if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){
      int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
      char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname);
      sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
      p->sharable = 1;
      if( !zFullPathname ){
        sqlite3_free(p);
        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
................................................................................
          nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
          pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell );
          if( pCellKey==0 ){
            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
            goto moveto_finish;
          }
          rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 0);
          if( rc ){
            sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
            goto moveto_finish;
          }
          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);

        }
      }
      if( c==0 ){
        if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
          lwr = idx;
          upr = lwr - 1;
          break;
................................................................................
** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already
** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative
** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or
** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than 
** (pKey, nKey)). 
**
** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that
** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be
** overwritten.  If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may
** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek
** the cursor before the new key can be inserted.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key of the new record */
  const void *pData, int nData,  /* The data of the new record */
  int nZero,                     /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */
  int appendBias,                /* True if this is likely an append */
  int seekResult                 /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */
){
  int rc;
  int loc = seekResult;          /* -1: before desired location  +1: after */
  int szNew;
  int idx;
  MemPage *pPage;
  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  unsigned char *oldCell;
  unsigned char *newCell = 0;
................................................................................
/*
** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg );
  testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
  testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet );
  testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame );
  if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame) ){
    if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
      assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
    }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){
      assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
      p->xDel((void *)p->z);
      p->xDel = 0;
    }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
      sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
    }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
................................................................................

  /* Only mark the value as an integer if
  **
  **    (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and
  **    (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest
  **        possible integer (ticket #3922)
  **
  ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces
  ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes
  ** values to wrap around.  On x86 hardware, the third term is always
  ** true and could be omitted.  But we leave it in because other
  ** architectures might behave differently.
  */
  if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i && pMem->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64
      && ALWAYS(pMem->u.i<LARGEST_INT64) ){
    pMem->flags |= MEM_Int;
  }
}

/*
** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
*/
................................................................................
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){
    sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pMem->u.pFrame);
  }
  if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
    sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
  }
  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null);
  pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
}

................................................................................
  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;

  if( !pExpr ){
    *ppVal = 0;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  op = pExpr->op;
  if( op==TK_REGISTER ){
    op = pExpr->op2;
  }

  if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
    if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue);
    }else{
      zVal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pExpr->u.zToken);
      if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
      sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
      if( op==TK_FLOAT ) pVal->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
    }
    if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8);
    }else{
      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
    }
    if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
................................................................................
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  assert( j>=0 && j<p->nLabel );
  if( p->aLabel ){
    p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp;
  }
}

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG

/*


** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes
** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may 
** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows:
**

**   Op *pOp;
**   VdbeOpIter sIter;
**



**   memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
**   sIter.v = v;                            // v is of type Vdbe* 
**   while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){
**     // Do something with pOp
**   }
**   sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
** 



*/
typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter;
struct VdbeOpIter {
  Vdbe *v;                   /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */
  SubProgram **apSub;        /* Array of subprograms */
  int nSub;                  /* Number of entries in apSub */
  int iAddr;                 /* Address of next instruction to return */
  int iSub;                  /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */
};
static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){
  Vdbe *v = p->v;
  Op *pRet = 0;
  Op *aOp;
  int nOp;

  if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){

    if( p->iSub==0 ){
      aOp = v->aOp;
      nOp = v->nOp;
    }else{
      aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp;
      nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp;
    }
    assert( p->iAddr<nOp );

    pRet = &aOp[p->iAddr];
    p->iAddr++;
    if( p->iAddr==nOp ){
      p->iSub++;
      p->iAddr = 0;
    }
  
    if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
      int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
      int j;
      for(j=0; j<p->nSub; j++){
        if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break;
      }
      if( j==p->nSub ){
        p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte);
        if( !p->apSub ){
          pRet = 0;
        }else{
          p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  return pRet;
}

/*
** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may
** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not transaction
** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any
** sub-programs contains any of the following:
**
**   *  OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
**   *  OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
**   *  OP_Destroy
**   *  OP_VUpdate
**   *  OP_VRename
**



** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an
** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does
** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as
** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to:
**
**   assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) );
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){
  int hasAbort = 0;
  Op *pOp;
  VdbeOpIter sIter;
  memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
  sIter.v = v;

  while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){
    int opcode = pOp->opcode;
    if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename 
     || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) 
      && (pOp->p1==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort))
    ){
      hasAbort = 1;
      break;
    }
  }
  sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);

  /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occured.
  ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated
  ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return
  ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame
  ** from failing.  */
  return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort );
}
#endif

/*
** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative
** on jump instructions.  Each such value is a label.  Resolve the
** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value.
**
** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
**
** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument 
** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by 
** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array.
*/
static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){
  int i;
  int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs;
  Op *pOp;
  int *aLabel = p->aLabel;


  p->readOnly = 1;

  for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
    u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;

    if( opcode==OP_Function || opcode==OP_AggStep ){
      if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate ){
      if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2;
#endif










    }else if( opcode==OP_Transaction && pOp->p2!=0 ){
      p->readOnly = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE


    }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){
      int n;
      assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
      assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
      n = pOp[-1].p1;
      if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
#endif
................................................................................
      pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
    }
  }
  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aLabel);
  p->aLabel = 0;

  *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;














}

/*
** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  return p->nOp;
}

/*
** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with
** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility
** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the 
** vdbeFreeOpArray() function.
**
** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned
** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and 
** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the 
** returned program.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){
  VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp;
  assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed );

  /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */
  assert( p->aMutex.nMutex==0 );

  resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg);
  *pnOp = p->nOp;
  p->aOp = 0;
  return aOp;
}

/*
** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return the
** address of the first operation added.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){
  int addr;
................................................................................
        sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
        break;
      }
      case P4_VTAB : {
        sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4);
        break;
      }
      case P4_SUBPROGRAM : {
        sqlite3VdbeProgramDelete(db, (SubProgram *)p4, 1);
        break;
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the
** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain 
** nOp entries. 
*/
static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){
  if( aOp ){
    Op *pOp;
    for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){
      freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
#endif     
    }
  }
  sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp);
}

/*
** Decrement the ref-count on the SubProgram structure passed as the
** second argument. If the ref-count reaches zero, free the structure.
**
** The array of VDBE opcodes stored as SubProgram.aOp is freed if
** either the ref-count reaches zero or parameter freeop is non-zero.
**
** Since the array of opcodes pointed to by SubProgram.aOp may directly
** or indirectly contain a reference to the SubProgram structure itself.
** By passing a non-zero freeop parameter, the caller may ensure that all
** SubProgram structures and their aOp arrays are freed, even when there
** are such circular references.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeProgramDelete(sqlite3 *db, SubProgram *p, int freeop){
  if( p ){
    assert( p->nRef>0 );
    if( freeop || p->nRef==1 ){
      Op *aOp = p->aOp;
      p->aOp = 0;
      vdbeFreeOpArray(db, aOp, p->nOp);
      p->nOp = 0;
    }
    p->nRef--;
    if( p->nRef==0 ){
      sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
    }
  }
}


/*
** Change N opcodes starting at addr to No-ops.
................................................................................
** Change the comment on the the most recently coded instruction.  Or
** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction.  This
** makes the code easier to read during debugging.  None of this happens
** in a production build.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  if( !p ) return;
  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
  if( p->nOp ){
    char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
    va_start(ap, zFormat);
    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
    *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
    va_end(ap);
  }
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  if( !p ) return;
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop);
  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
  if( p->nOp ){
    char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
    va_start(ap, zFormat);
    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
................................................................................
      assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)==0 );
      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
        zP4 = pMem->z;
      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r);
      }else{
        assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob );
        zP4 = "(blob)";
      }
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    case P4_VTAB: {
      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule);
      break;
    }
#endif
    case P4_INTARRAY: {
      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray");
      break;
    }
    case P4_SUBPROGRAM: {
      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program");
      break;
    }
    default: {
      zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
      if( zP4==0 ){
        zP4 = zTemp;
        zTemp[0] = 0;
      }
................................................................................
  assert( zP4!=0 );
  return zP4;
}
#endif

/*
** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.

*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
  int mask;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb && i<sizeof(u32)*8 );
  assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
  mask = ((u32)1)<<i;
  if( (p->btreeMask & mask)==0 ){
................................................................................
      ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7 
      ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if 
      ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps
      ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table 
      ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind() 
      ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction.
      */
      if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){
        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
      }else if( p->zMalloc ){
        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
        p->zMalloc = 0;
      }

      p->flags = MEM_Null;
    }
    db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
  }
}

/*
** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are
** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){
  int i;
  Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p);
  VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem];
  for(i=0; i<p->nChildCsr; i++){
    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]);
  }
  releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem);
  sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p);
}


#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p){
  int ii;
  int nFree = 0;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  for(ii=1; ii<=p->nMem; ii++){
................................................................................
** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
** are shown in a different format.  p->explain==2 is used to implement
** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(
  Vdbe *p                   /* The VDBE */
){
  int nRow;                            /* Total number of rows to return */
  int nSub = 0;                        /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */
  SubProgram **apSub = 0;              /* Array of sub-vdbes */
  Mem *pSub = 0;
  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
  int i;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Mem *pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];

  assert( p->explain );
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );
................................................................................
  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );

  /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
  ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
  ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
  */
  releaseMemArray(pMem, 8);

  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
    return SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  /* Figure out total number of rows that will be returned by this 
  ** EXPLAIN program.  */
  nRow = p->nOp;
  if( p->explain==1 ){
    pSub = &p->aMem[9];
    if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){
      nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*);
      apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
    }
    for(i=0; i<nSub; i++){
      nRow += apSub[i]->nOp;
    }
  }

  do{
    i = p->pc++;
  }while( i<nRow && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
  if( i>=nRow ){
    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
  }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
    p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
  }else{
    char *z;
    Op *pOp;
    if( i<p->nOp ){
      pOp = &p->aOp[i];
    }else{
      int j;
      i -= p->nOp;
      for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){
        i -= apSub[j]->nOp;
      }
      pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i];
    }
    if( p->explain==1 ){
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
      pMem->u.i = i;                                /* Program counter */
      pMem++;
  
      pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
      pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode);  /* Opcode */
      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
      pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
      pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
      pMem++;

      if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
        int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
        int j;
        for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){
          if( apSub[j]==pOp->p4.pProgram ) break;
        }
        if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, 1) ){
          apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
          apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram;
          pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob;
          pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*);
        }
      }
    }

    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
    pMem->u.i = pOp->p1;                          /* P1 */
    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
    pMem++;

................................................................................
** is passed -1 and nMem, nCursor and isExplain are all passed zero.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
  Vdbe *p,                       /* The VDBE */
  int nVar,                      /* Number of '?' see in the SQL statement */
  int nMem,                      /* Number of memory cells to allocate */
  int nCursor,                   /* Number of cursors to allocate */
  int nArg,                      /* Maximum number of args in SubPrograms */
  int isExplain,                 /* True if the EXPLAIN keywords is present */
  int usesStmtJournal            /* True to set Vdbe.usesStmtJournal */
){
  int n;
  sqlite3 *db = p->db;

  assert( p!=0 );
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );

................................................................................
  ** first time this function is called for a given VDBE, not when it is
  ** being called from sqlite3_reset() to reset the virtual machine.
  */
  if( nVar>=0 && ALWAYS(db->mallocFailed==0) ){
    u8 *zCsr = (u8 *)&p->aOp[p->nOp];
    u8 *zEnd = (u8 *)&p->aOp[p->nOpAlloc];
    int nByte;

    resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
    p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)usesStmtJournal;
    if( isExplain && nMem<10 ){
      nMem = 10;
    }
    memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr);
    zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7;
    assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) );

................................................................................
    p->inVtabMethod = 1;
    (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(p->db);
    pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(p->db);
    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
  }
#endif


}

/*
** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This
** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore
** control to the main program.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){
  Vdbe *v = pFrame->v;
  v->aOp = pFrame->aOp;
  v->nOp = pFrame->nOp;
  v->aMem = pFrame->aMem;
  v->nMem = pFrame->nMem;
  v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr;
  v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor;
  v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid;
  v->nChange = pFrame->nChange;
  return pFrame->pc;
}

/*
** Close all cursors.
**
** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory 
** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain
** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to
** open cursors.
*/
static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){
  if( p->pFrame ){
    VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->pFrame;
    for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
    sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
  }
  p->pFrame = 0;
  p->nFrame = 0;

  if( p->apCsr ){
    int i;

    for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
      VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
      if( pC ){
        sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
        p->apCsr[i] = 0;
      }
    }
  }
  if( p->aMem ){
    releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem);
  }
}

/*
** Clean up the VM after execution.
**
** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
** sorters that were left open.  It also deletes the values of
** variables in the aVar[] array.
*/
static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){

  sqlite3 *db = p->db;






#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and 
  ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up.  */
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr==0 || p->apCsr[i]==0 );
  for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem==0 || p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Null );
#endif








  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
  p->zErrMsg = 0;
  p->pResultSet = 0;
}

/*
** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
................................................................................
  }
}

/*
** Delete an entire VDBE.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){

  sqlite3 *db;

  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
  db = p->db;
  if( p->pPrev ){
    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
  }else{
    assert( db->pVdbe==p );
    db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
  }
  if( p->pNext ){
    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
  }









  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);

  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
  vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLabel);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;

  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}

/*
** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
** was last positioned.  Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
  i64 nCellKey = 0;
  int rc;
  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
  u32 lenRowid;     /* Size of the rowid */
  Mem m, v;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);

  /* Get the size of the index entry.  Only indices entries of less
  ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
  ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
  ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits  
  */
  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );     /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
  assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey );

  /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));


  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
  if( rc ){
    return rc;
  }

  /* The index entry must begin with a header size */
  (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
................................................................................
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
  /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the say
  ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */
  if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){
    *res = 0;
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
  }
  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));


  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
  if( rc ){
    return rc;
  }
  assert( pUnpacked->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID );
  *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked);
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
................................................................................
  int rc;
  if( pStmt==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v);
    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
    assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc );
    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(v->db, rc);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
  }
  return rc;
}

................................................................................
** if we run out of memory.
*/
static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor(
  Vdbe *p,              /* The virtual machine */
  int iCur,             /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */
  int nField,           /* Number of fields in the table or index */
  int iDb,              /* When database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */
  int isBtreeCursor     /* True for B-Tree.  False for pseudo-table or vtab */
){
  /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
  ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a 
  ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
  ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
  **
  **   * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
................................................................................
      Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
      u8 *zIdx;          /* Index into header */
      u8 *zEndHdr;       /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
      u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
      u64 offset64;      /* 64-bit offset.  64 bits needed to catch overflow */
      int szHdr;         /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
      int avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */
      Mem *pReg;         /* PseudoTable input register */
    } am;
    struct OP_Affinity_stack_vars {
      char *zAffinity;   /* The affinity to be applied */
      Mem *pData0;       /* First register to which to apply affinity */
      Mem *pLast;        /* Last register to which to apply affinity */
      Mem *pRec;         /* Current register */
    } an;
................................................................................
      int i;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */
      int len;               /* Length of a field */
    } ao;
    struct OP_Count_stack_vars {
      i64 nEntry;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
    } ap;



    struct OP_Savepoint_stack_vars {
      int p1;                         /* Value of P1 operand */
      char *zName;                    /* Name of savepoint */
      int nName;
      Savepoint *pNew;
      Savepoint *pSavepoint;
      Savepoint *pTmp;
      int iSavepoint;
      int ii;
    } aq;
    struct OP_AutoCommit_stack_vars {
      int desiredAutoCommit;
      int iRollback;
      int turnOnAC;
    } ar;
    struct OP_Transaction_stack_vars {
      Btree *pBt;
    } as;
    struct OP_ReadCookie_stack_vars {
      int iMeta;
      int iDb;
      int iCookie;
    } at;
    struct OP_SetCookie_stack_vars {
      Db *pDb;
    } au;
    struct OP_VerifyCookie_stack_vars {
      int iMeta;
      Btree *pBt;
    } av;
    struct OP_OpenWrite_stack_vars {
      int nField;
      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
      int p2;
      int iDb;
      int wrFlag;
      Btree *pX;
      VdbeCursor *pCur;
      Db *pDb;
    } aw;
    struct OP_OpenEphemeral_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pCx;
    } ax;
    struct OP_OpenPseudo_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pCx;
    } ay;
    struct OP_SeekGt_stack_vars {
      int res;
      int oc;
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      UnpackedRecord r;
      int nField;
      i64 iKey;      /* The rowid we are to seek to */
    } az;
    struct OP_Seek_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
    } ba;
    struct OP_Found_stack_vars {
      int alreadyExists;
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      int res;
      UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
      char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7];
    } bb;
    struct OP_IsUnique_stack_vars {
      u16 ii;
      VdbeCursor *pCx;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      u16 nField;
      Mem *aMem;
      UnpackedRecord r;                  /* B-Tree index search key */
      i64 R;                             /* Rowid stored in register P3 */
    } bc;
    struct OP_NotExists_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int res;
      u64 iKey;
    } bd;
    struct OP_NewRowid_stack_vars {
      i64 v;                 /* The new rowid */
      VdbeCursor *pC;        /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
      int res;               /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
      int cnt;               /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
      Mem *pMem;             /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */
      VdbeFrame *pFrame;     /* Root frame of VDBE */
    } be;
    struct OP_Insert_stack_vars {

      Mem *pData;       /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */
      Mem *pKey;        /* MEM cell holding key  for the record */
      i64 iKey;         /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
      VdbeCursor *pC;   /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */

      int nZero;        /* Number of zero-bytes to append */
      int seekResult;   /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */
      const char *zDb;  /* database name - used by the update hook */
      const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */

      int op;           /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */
    } bf;
    struct OP_Delete_stack_vars {
      i64 iKey;
      VdbeCursor *pC;
    } bg;
    struct OP_RowData_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      u32 n;
      i64 n64;
    } bh;
    struct OP_Rowid_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      i64 v;
      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
      const sqlite3_module *pModule;
    } bi;
    struct OP_NullRow_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
    } bj;
    struct OP_Last_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int res;
    } bk;
    struct OP_Rewind_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int res;
    } bl;
    struct OP_Next_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int res;
    } bm;
    struct OP_IdxInsert_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int nKey;
      const char *zKey;
    } bn;
    struct OP_IdxDelete_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int res;
      UnpackedRecord r;
    } bo;
    struct OP_IdxRowid_stack_vars {
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      i64 rowid;
    } bp;
    struct OP_IdxGE_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      int res;
      UnpackedRecord r;
    } bq;
    struct OP_Destroy_stack_vars {
      int iMoved;
      int iCnt;
      Vdbe *pVdbe;
      int iDb;
    } br;
    struct OP_Clear_stack_vars {
      int nChange;
    } bs;
    struct OP_CreateTable_stack_vars {
      int pgno;
      int flags;
      Db *pDb;
    } bt;
    struct OP_ParseSchema_stack_vars {
      int iDb;
      const char *zMaster;
      char *zSql;
      InitData initData;
    } bu;
    struct OP_IntegrityCk_stack_vars {
      int nRoot;      /* Number of tables to check.  (Number of root pages.) */
      int *aRoot;     /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
      int j;          /* Loop counter */
      int nErr;       /* Number of errors reported */
      char *z;        /* Text of the error report */
      Mem *pnErr;     /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
    } bv;
    struct OP_RowSetAdd_stack_vars {
      Mem *pIdx;
      Mem *pVal;
    } bw;
    struct OP_RowSetRead_stack_vars {
      Mem *pIdx;
      i64 val;
    } bx;
    struct OP_RowSetTest_stack_vars {
      int iSet;
      int exists;
    } by;
    struct OP_Program_stack_vars {
      int nMem;               /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */
      int nByte;              /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */
      Mem *pRt;               /* Register to allocate runtime space */
      Mem *pMem;              /* Used to iterate through memory cells */
      Mem *pEnd;              /* Last memory cell in new array */
      VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* New vdbe frame to execute in */
      SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Sub-program to execute */
      void *t;                /* Token identifying trigger */
    } bz;
    struct OP_Param_stack_vars {
      VdbeFrame *pFrame;
      Mem *pIn;
    } ca;


    struct OP_MemMax_stack_vars {
      Mem *pIn1;
      VdbeFrame *pFrame;
    } cb;
    struct OP_AggStep_stack_vars {
      int n;
      int i;
      Mem *pMem;
      Mem *pRec;
      sqlite3_context ctx;
................................................................................
      pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
      if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
        assert( pOp->p2>0 );
        assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
        pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);
        /* As currently implemented, in2 implies out3.  There is no reason
        ** why this has to be, it just worked out that way. */
        assert( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 );
        assert( pOp->p3>0 );
        assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
        pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];

      }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
        assert( pOp->p3>0 );
        assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
        pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
      }
    }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
................................................................................
** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
**
** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
** is the same as executing Halt.
*/
case OP_Halt: {
  if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){
    /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */
    VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->pFrame;
    p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent;
    p->nFrame--;
    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
    pc = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
    if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){
      /* Instruction pc is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program 
      ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt
      ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing
      ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified
      ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program.  */
      pc = p->aOp[pc].p2-1;
    }
    break;
  }

  p->rc = pOp->p1;

  p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2;
  p->pc = pc;
  if( pOp->p4.z ){
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
  }
  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK );
  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
    p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
................................................................................
** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2
** and store the result in register P3.
** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in 
** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is 
** NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Compute the remainder after integer division of the value in
** register P1 by the value in register P2 and store the result in P3. 
** If the value in register P2 is zero the result is NULL.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
................................................................................
case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}























/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
** information about the format of the data.)  Extract the P2-th column
** from this record.  If there are less that (P2+1) 
** values in the record, extract a NULL.
**
** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
**
** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL.  Or,
** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
** the result.
**
** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor,
** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column.
** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content
** register has changed should have this bit set.
*/
case OP_Column: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.am */
  u32 payloadSize;   /* Number of bytes in the record */
  i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */
  int p1;            /* P1 value of the opcode */
  int p2;            /* column number to retrieve */
................................................................................
  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
  u8 *zIdx;          /* Index into header */
  u8 *zEndHdr;       /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
  u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
  u64 offset64;      /* 64-bit offset.  64 bits needed to catch overflow */
  int szHdr;         /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
  int avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */
  Mem *pReg;         /* PseudoTable input register */
#endif /* local variables moved into u.am */


  u.am.p1 = pOp->p1;
  u.am.p2 = pOp->p2;
  u.am.pC = 0;
  memset(&u.am.sMem, 0, sizeof(u.am.sMem));
................................................................................
      assert( (u.am.payloadSize64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)u.am.payloadSize64 );
      u.am.payloadSize = (u32)u.am.payloadSize64;
    }else{
      assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.am.pCrsr) );
      rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.payloadSize);
      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* DataSize() cannot fail */
    }
  }else if( u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg>0 ){
    u.am.pReg = &p->aMem[u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg];
    assert( u.am.pReg->flags & MEM_Blob );
    u.am.payloadSize = u.am.pReg->n;
    u.am.zRec = u.am.pReg->z;
    u.am.pC->cacheStatus = (pOp->p5&OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE) ? CACHE_STALE : p->cacheCtr;
    assert( u.am.payloadSize==0 || u.am.zRec!=0 );
  }else{
    /* Consider the row to be NULL */
    u.am.payloadSize = 0;
  }

  /* If u.am.payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL */
................................................................................
  }
  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  pOut->u.i = u.ap.nEntry;
  break;
}
#endif











































/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 *
**
** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending
** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an
** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2.
*/
case OP_Savepoint: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.aq */
  int p1;                         /* Value of P1 operand */
  char *zName;                    /* Name of savepoint */
  int nName;
  Savepoint *pNew;
  Savepoint *pSavepoint;
  Savepoint *pTmp;
  int iSavepoint;
  int ii;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.aq */

  u.aq.p1 = pOp->p1;
  u.aq.zName = pOp->p4.z;

  /* Assert that the u.aq.p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open
  ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints.
  */
  assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 );
  assert( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
  assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 );
  assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );

  if( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){
    if( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 ){
      /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write
      ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles).
      */
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot open savepoint - "
        "SQL statements in progress");
      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
    }else{
      u.aq.nName = sqlite3Strlen30(u.aq.zName);

      /* Create a new savepoint structure. */
      u.aq.pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+u.aq.nName+1);
      if( u.aq.pNew ){
        u.aq.pNew->zName = (char *)&u.aq.pNew[1];
        memcpy(u.aq.pNew->zName, u.aq.zName, u.aq.nName+1);

        /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special
        ** "transaction savepoint". */
        if( db->autoCommit ){
          db->autoCommit = 0;
          db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1;
        }else{
          db->nSavepoint++;
        }

        /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */
        u.aq.pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint;
        db->pSavepoint = u.aq.pNew;
      }
    }
  }else{
    u.aq.iSavepoint = 0;

    /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an
    ** an error is returned to the user.  */
    for(
      u.aq.pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint;
      u.aq.pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(u.aq.pSavepoint->zName, u.aq.zName);
      u.aq.pSavepoint = u.aq.pSavepoint->pNext
    ){
      u.aq.iSavepoint++;
    }
    if( !u.aq.pSavepoint ){
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "no such savepoint: %s", u.aq.zName);
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }else if(
        db->writeVdbeCnt>0 || (u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && db->activeVdbeCnt>1)
    ){
      /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are
      ** active write statements. It is not possible to rollback a savepoint
      ** if there are any active statements at all.
      */
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
        "cannot %s savepoint - SQL statements in progress",
        (u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ? "rollback": "release")
      );
      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
    }else{

      /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so,
      ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction
      ** is committed.
      */
      int isTransaction = u.aq.pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint;
      if( isTransaction && u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
        db->autoCommit = 1;
        if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
          p->pc = pc;
          db->autoCommit = 0;
          p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
          goto vdbe_return;
        }
        db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
        rc = p->rc;
      }else{
        u.aq.iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - u.aq.iSavepoint - 1;
        for(u.aq.ii=0; u.aq.ii<db->nDb; u.aq.ii++){
          rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[u.aq.ii].pBt, u.aq.p1, u.aq.iSavepoint);
          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
            goto abort_due_to_error;
          }
        }
        if( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 ){
          sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
          sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
        }
      }

      /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all
      ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */
      while( db->pSavepoint!=u.aq.pSavepoint ){
        u.aq.pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
        db->pSavepoint = u.aq.pTmp->pNext;
        sqlite3DbFree(db, u.aq.pTmp);
        db->nSavepoint--;
      }

      /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on too */
      if( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
        assert( u.aq.pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint );
        db->pSavepoint = u.aq.pSavepoint->pNext;
        sqlite3DbFree(db, u.aq.pSavepoint);
        if( !isTransaction ){
          db->nSavepoint--;
        }
      }
    }
  }

................................................................................
** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
** VMs (apart from this one), then a ROLLBACK fails.  A COMMIT fails if
** there are active writing VMs or active VMs that use shared cache.
**
** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
*/
case OP_AutoCommit: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ar */
  int desiredAutoCommit;
  int iRollback;
  int turnOnAC;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ar */

  u.ar.desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1;
  u.ar.iRollback = pOp->p2;
  u.ar.turnOnAC = u.ar.desiredAutoCommit && !db->autoCommit;
  assert( u.ar.desiredAutoCommit==1 || u.ar.desiredAutoCommit==0 );
  assert( u.ar.desiredAutoCommit==1 || u.ar.iRollback==0 );
  assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 );  /* At least this one VM is active */

  if( u.ar.turnOnAC && u.ar.iRollback && db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
    /* If this instruction implements a ROLLBACK and other VMs are
    ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
    ** that the other VMs must complete first.
    */
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot rollback transaction - "
        "SQL statements in progress");
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }else if( u.ar.turnOnAC && !u.ar.iRollback && db->writeVdbeCnt>0 ){
    /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing
    ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first.
    */
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot commit transaction - "
        "SQL statements in progress");
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }else if( u.ar.desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){
    if( u.ar.iRollback ){
      assert( u.ar.desiredAutoCommit==1 );
      sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
      db->autoCommit = 1;
    }else{
      db->autoCommit = (u8)u.ar.desiredAutoCommit;
      if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
        p->pc = pc;
        db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-u.ar.desiredAutoCommit);
        p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
        goto vdbe_return;
      }
    }
    assert( db->nStatement==0 );
    sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
    goto vdbe_return;
  }else{
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
        (!u.ar.desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
        (u.ar.iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
                   "cannot commit - no transaction is active"));

    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  break;
}

................................................................................
** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started.  A RESERVED lock is
** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started.  No
** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is
** underway.  Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A
** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the
** database.  If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained
** on the file.
**
** If a write-transaction is started and the Vdbe.usesStmtJournal flag is
** true (this flag is set if the Vdbe may modify more than one row and may
** throw an ABORT exception), a statement transaction may also be opened.
** More specifically, a statement transaction is opened iff the database
** connection is currently not in autocommit mode, or if there are other
** active statements. A statement transaction allows the affects of this
** VDBE to be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
** entire transaction. If no error is encountered, the statement transaction
** will automatically commit when the VDBE halts.
**
** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file.
*/
case OP_Transaction: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.as */
  Btree *pBt;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.as */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  u.as.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;

  if( u.as.pBt ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(u.as.pBt, pOp->p2);
    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
      p->pc = pc;
      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
      goto vdbe_return;
    }
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_READONLY /* && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY */ ){
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }

    if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal
     && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->activeVdbeCnt>1)
    ){
      assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(u.as.pBt) );
      if( p->iStatement==0 ){
        assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 );
        db->nStatement++;
        p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement;
      }
      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(u.as.pBt, p->iStatement);
    }
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.
................................................................................
** temporary tables.
**
** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
** executing this instruction.
*/
case OP_ReadCookie: {               /* out2-prerelease */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.at */
  int iMeta;
  int iDb;
  int iCookie;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.at */

  u.at.iDb = pOp->p1;
  u.at.iCookie = pOp->p3;
  assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
  assert( u.at.iDb>=0 && u.at.iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( db->aDb[u.at.iDb].pBt!=0 );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<u.at.iDb))!=0 );

  sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[u.at.iDb].pBt, u.at.iCookie, (u32 *)&u.at.iMeta);
  pOut->u.i = u.at.iMeta;
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
................................................................................
** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache 
** size, and so forth.  P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the 
** database file used to store temporary tables.
**
** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
*/
case OP_SetCookie: {       /* in3 */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.au */
  Db *pDb;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.au */
  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  u.au.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.au.pDb->pBt!=0 );
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
  /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
  rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(u.au.pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i);
  if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){
    /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
    u.au.pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = (int)pIn3->u.i;
    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
  }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){
    /* Record changes in the file format */
    u.au.pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)pIn3->u.i;
  }
  if( pOp->p1==1 ){
    /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
    ** schema is changed.  Ticket #1644 */
    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
  }
  break;
................................................................................
** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.
**
** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs
** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is
** invoked.
*/
case OP_VerifyCookie: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.av */
  int iMeta;
  Btree *pBt;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.av */
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  u.av.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
  if( u.av.pBt ){
    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(u.av.pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&u.av.iMeta);
  }else{
    u.av.iMeta = 0;
  }
  if( u.av.iMeta!=pOp->p2 ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
    /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie
    ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
    ** not reload the schema from the database file.
    **
    ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization.
................................................................................
    ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using
    ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
    ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
    ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
    ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within
    ** a v-table method.
    */
    if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=u.av.iMeta ){
      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, pOp->p1);
    }

    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
    rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
  }
  break;
................................................................................
** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
**
** See also OpenRead.
*/
case OP_OpenRead:
case OP_OpenWrite: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.aw */
  int nField;
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
  int p2;
  int iDb;
  int wrFlag;
  Btree *pX;
  VdbeCursor *pCur;
  Db *pDb;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.aw */

  u.aw.nField = 0;
  u.aw.pKeyInfo = 0;
  u.aw.p2 = pOp->p2;
  u.aw.iDb = pOp->p3;
  assert( u.aw.iDb>=0 && u.aw.iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<u.aw.iDb))!=0 );
  u.aw.pDb = &db->aDb[u.aw.iDb];
  u.aw.pX = u.aw.pDb->pBt;
  assert( u.aw.pX!=0 );
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
    u.aw.wrFlag = 1;
    if( u.aw.pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
      p->minWriteFileFormat = u.aw.pDb->pSchema->file_format;
    }
  }else{
    u.aw.wrFlag = 0;
  }
  if( pOp->p5 ){
    assert( u.aw.p2>0 );
    assert( u.aw.p2<=p->nMem );
    pIn2 = &p->aMem[u.aw.p2];
    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
    u.aw.p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i;
    /* The u.aw.p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and
    ** that opcode will always set the u.aw.p2 value to 2 or more or else fail.
    ** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted
    ** before reaching this instruction. */
    if( NEVER(u.aw.p2<2) ) {
      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }
  }
  if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){
    u.aw.pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
    u.aw.pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
    u.aw.nField = u.aw.pKeyInfo->nField+1;
  }else if( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ){
    u.aw.nField = pOp->p4.i;
  }
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
  u.aw.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, u.aw.nField, u.aw.iDb, 1);
  if( u.aw.pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
  u.aw.pCur->nullRow = 1;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.aw.pX, u.aw.p2, u.aw.wrFlag, u.aw.pKeyInfo, u.aw.pCur->pCursor);
  u.aw.pCur->pKeyInfo = u.aw.pKeyInfo;

  /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only values that
  ** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return are SQLITE_EMPTY and SQLITE_OK.
  ** SQLITE_EMPTY is only returned when attempting to open the table
  ** rooted at page 1 of a zero-byte database.  */
  assert( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY || rc==SQLITE_OK );
  if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){
    u.aw.pCur->pCursor = 0;
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable and isIndex variables. Previous versions of
  ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point
  ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has
  ** since moved into the btree layer.  */
  u.aw.pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
  u.aw.pCur->isIndex = !u.aw.pCur->isTable;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 *
**
** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
** The cursor is always opened read/write even if 
................................................................................
** This opcode was once called OpenTemp.  But that created
** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either
** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by
** this opcode.  Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual.  But
** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea.
*/
case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ax */
  VdbeCursor *pCx;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ax */
  static const int openFlags =
      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
  u.ax.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
  if( u.ax.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
  u.ax.pCx->nullRow = 1;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 1, SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE, openFlags,
                           &u.ax.pCx->pBt);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(u.ax.pCx->pBt, 1);
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
    ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_ZERODATA flag before
    ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
    ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an INTKEY table).
    */
    if( pOp->p4.pKeyInfo ){
      int pgno;
      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.ax.pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_ZERODATA);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
        rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ax.pCx->pBt, pgno, 1,
                                (KeyInfo*)pOp->p4.z, u.ax.pCx->pCursor);
        u.ax.pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
        u.ax.pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
      }
      u.ax.pCx->isTable = 0;
    }else{
      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ax.pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, u.ax.pCx->pCursor);
      u.ax.pCx->isTable = 1;
    }
  }
  u.ax.pCx->isIndex = !u.ax.pCx->isTable;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
** row of data.  The content of that one row in the content of memory
** register P2.  In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the 
** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2.
**
** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold the a single

** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.  The OP_Column opcode








** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table.
**
** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by
** the pseudo-table.
*/
case OP_OpenPseudo: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ay */
  VdbeCursor *pCx;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ay */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
  u.ay.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0);
  if( u.ay.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
  u.ay.pCx->nullRow = 1;
  u.ay.pCx->pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2;

  u.ay.pCx->isTable = 1;
  u.ay.pCx->isIndex = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
**
** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
................................................................................
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
*/
case OP_SeekLt:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekLe:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekGe:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekGt: {       /* jump, in3 */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.az */
  int res;
  int oc;
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  UnpackedRecord r;
  int nField;
  i64 iKey;      /* The rowid we are to seek to */
#endif /* local variables moved into u.az */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  assert( pOp->p2!=0 );
  u.az.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.az.pC!=0 );
  assert( u.az.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
  if( u.az.pC->pCursor!=0 ){
    u.az.oc = pOp->opcode;
    u.az.pC->nullRow = 0;
    if( u.az.pC->isTable ){
      /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
      ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
      ** the seek, so covert it. */
      applyNumericAffinity(pIn3);
      u.az.iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
      u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;

      /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
      ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
        if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
          /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number,
          ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */
................................................................................
          pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
          break;
        }
        /* If we reach this point, then the P3 value must be a floating
        ** point number. */
        assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)!=0 );

        if( u.az.iKey==SMALLEST_INT64 && (pIn3->r<(double)u.az.iKey || pIn3->r>0) ){
          /* The P3 value is too large in magnitude to be expressed as an
          ** integer. */
          u.az.res = 1;
          if( pIn3->r<0 ){
            if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGe ){
              rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res);
              if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
            }
          }else{
            if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe ){
              rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res);
              if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
            }
          }
          if( u.az.res ){
            pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
          }
          break;
        }else if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGe ){
          /* Use the ceiling() function to convert real->int */
          if( pIn3->r > (double)u.az.iKey ) u.az.iKey++;
        }else{
          /* Use the floor() function to convert real->int */
          assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt );
          if( pIn3->r < (double)u.az.iKey ) u.az.iKey--;
        }
      }
      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.az.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.az.iKey, 0, &u.az.res);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }
      if( u.az.res==0 ){
        u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 1;
        u.az.pC->lastRowid = u.az.iKey;
      }
    }else{
      u.az.nField = pOp->p4.i;
      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
      assert( u.az.nField>0 );
      u.az.r.pKeyInfo = u.az.pC->pKeyInfo;
      u.az.r.nField = (u16)u.az.nField;
      if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe ){
        u.az.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY;
      }else{
        u.az.r.flags = 0;
      }
      u.az.r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.r, 0, 0, &u.az.res);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }
      u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
    }
    u.az.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    u.az.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
    if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt ){
      if( u.az.res<0 || (u.az.res==0 && u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt) ){
        rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
        u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
      }else{
        u.az.res = 0;
      }
    }else{
      assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe );
      if( u.az.res>0 || (u.az.res==0 && u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt) ){
        rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
        u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
      }else{
        /* u.az.res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
        ** see if this is the case.
        */
        u.az.res = sqlite3BtreeEof(u.az.pC->pCursor);
      }
    }
    assert( pOp->p2>0 );
    if( u.az.res ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    }
  }else{
    /* This happens when attempting to open the sqlite3_master table
    ** for read access returns SQLITE_EMPTY. In this case always
    ** take the jump (since there are no records in the table).
    */

    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * *
**
................................................................................
** for P1 to move so that it points to the rowid given by P2.
**
** This is actually a deferred seek.  Nothing actually happens until
** the cursor is used to read a record.  That way, if no reads
** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens.
*/
case OP_Seek: {    /* in2 */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ba */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ba */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.ba.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.ba.pC!=0 );
  if( ALWAYS(u.ba.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
    assert( u.ba.pC->isTable );
    u.ba.pC->nullRow = 0;
    u.ba.pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
    u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
    u.ba.pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
  }
  break;
}
  

/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 * *
**
................................................................................
** to P2.  If an entry does existing, fall through.  The cursor is left
** pointing to the entry that matches.
**
** See also: Found, NotExists, IsUnique
*/
case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bb */
  int alreadyExists;
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  int res;
  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
  char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7];
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bb */

  u.bb.alreadyExists = 0;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bb.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bb.pC!=0 );
  if( ALWAYS(u.bb.pC->pCursor!=0) ){

    assert( u.bb.pC->isTable==0 );
    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
    ExpandBlob(pIn3);
    u.bb.pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(u.bb.pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z,
                                      u.bb.aTempRec, sizeof(u.bb.aTempRec));
    if( u.bb.pIdxKey==0 ){
      goto no_mem;
    }
    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
      u.bb.pIdxKey->flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH;
    }
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bb.pC->pCursor, u.bb.pIdxKey, 0, 0, &u.bb.res);
    sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(u.bb.pIdxKey);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      break;
    }
    u.bb.alreadyExists = (u.bb.res==0);
    u.bb.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    u.bb.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  }
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
    if( u.bb.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }else{
    if( !u.bb.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
** Cursor P1 is open on an index.  So it has no data and its key consists 
................................................................................
** to instruction P2. Otherwise, the rowid of the conflicting index
** entry is copied to register P3 and control falls through to the next
** instruction.
**
** See also: NotFound, NotExists, Found
*/
case OP_IsUnique: {        /* jump, in3 */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bc */
  u16 ii;
  VdbeCursor *pCx;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  u16 nField;
  Mem *aMem;
  UnpackedRecord r;                  /* B-Tree index search key */
  i64 R;                             /* Rowid stored in register P3 */
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bc */

  u.bc.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p4.i];
  /* Assert that the values of parameters P1 and P4 are in range. */
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  assert( pOp->p4.i>0 && pOp->p4.i<=p->nMem );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );

  /* Find the index cursor. */
  u.bc.pCx = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bc.pCx->deferredMoveto==0 );
  u.bc.pCx->seekResult = 0;
  u.bc.pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  u.bc.pCrsr = u.bc.pCx->pCursor;

  /* If any of the values are NULL, take the jump. */
  u.bc.nField = u.bc.pCx->pKeyInfo->nField;
  for(u.bc.ii=0; u.bc.ii<u.bc.nField; u.bc.ii++){
    if( u.bc.aMem[u.bc.ii].flags & MEM_Null ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      u.bc.pCrsr = 0;
      break;
    }
  }
  assert( (u.bc.aMem[u.bc.nField].flags & MEM_Null)==0 );

  if( u.bc.pCrsr!=0 ){
    /* Populate the index search key. */
    u.bc.r.pKeyInfo = u.bc.pCx->pKeyInfo;
    u.bc.r.nField = u.bc.nField + 1;
    u.bc.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH;
    u.b